1#, fuzzy
2msgid ""
3msgstr ""
4"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
5"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-01-25 20:53+0100\n"
6"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
7"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
8"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
9"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
10"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
11"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
12"#-#-#-#-#  animated-brushes.po (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
13"#-#-#-#-#  brushes.po (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
14"#-#-#-#-#  customize-splashscreen.po (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
15"#-#-#-#-#  docks.po (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
16"#-#-#-#-#  fileformats.po (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
17"#-#-#-#-#  fonts-and-text.po (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
18"#-#-#-#-#  getting-unstuck.po (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
19"#-#-#-#-#  grid-and-guides.po (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
20"#-#-#-#-#  layers.po (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
21"#-#-#-#-#  paths.po (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
22"#-#-#-#-#  photography.po (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
23"#-#-#-#-#  qmask.po (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
24"#-#-#-#-#  script-fu-gui-api.po (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
25"#-#-#-#-#  script-fu-tutorial.po (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
26"#-#-#-#-#  selections.po (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
27"#-#-#-#-#  setup.po (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
28"#-#-#-#-#  shortcuts.po (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
29"#-#-#-#-#  simpleobjects.po (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
30"#-#-#-#-#  variable-size-brush.po (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
31"#-#-#-#-#  web.po (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
32
33#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
34#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
35#: src/using/web.xml:64(None) src/using/web.xml:205(None)
36msgid ""
37"@@image: 'images/using/preparing_for_web1.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
38msgstr ""
39
40#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
41#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
42#: src/using/web.xml:135(None)
43msgid ""
44"@@image: 'images/using/preparing_for_web2.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
45msgstr ""
46
47#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
48#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
49#: src/using/web.xml:247(None)
50msgid ""
51"@@image: 'images/using/preparing_for_web-alphatransparency.png'; md5=THIS "
52"FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
53msgstr ""
54
55#: src/using/web.xml:16(revnumber)
56#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:16(revnumber)
57#: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:15(revnumber)
58#: src/using/shortcuts.xml:15(revnumber)
59#: src/using/selections.xml:18(revnumber)
60#: src/using/photography.xml:13(revnumber) src/using/paths.xml:19(revnumber)
61#: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:19(revnumber)
62#: src/using/fileformats.xml:18(revnumber)
63#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:10(revnumber)
64msgid "$Revision: 2687 $"
65msgstr ""
66
67#: src/using/web.xml:17(date) src/using/paths.xml:20(date)
68#: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:20(date)
69#: src/using/customize-splashscreen.xml:14(date)
70#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:11(date)
71#, fuzzy
72msgid "2007-07-15"
73msgstr ""
74"#-#-#-#-#  getting-unstuck.po (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
75"2006-05-15\n"
76"#-#-#-#-#  paths.po (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
77"2006-01-07"
78
79#: src/using/web.xml:18(authorinitials)
80#: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:17(authorinitials)
81#: src/using/shortcuts.xml:17(authorinitials)
82#: src/using/paths.xml:21(authorinitials)
83#: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:21(authorinitials)
84#: src/using/customize-splashscreen.xml:15(authorinitials)
85#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:12(authorinitials)
86#, fuzzy
87msgid "romanofski"
88msgstr ""
89"#-#-#-#-#  getting-unstuck.po (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
90"Hans de J\n"
91"#-#-#-#-#  paths.po (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
92"HdJ"
93
94#: src/using/web.xml:23(phrase)
95msgid "Preparing your Images for the Web"
96msgstr ""
97
98#: src/using/web.xml:26(primary)
99msgid "Web"
100msgstr ""
101
102#: src/using/web.xml:27(secondary)
103msgid "Images for the web"
104msgstr ""
105
106#: src/using/web.xml:29(para)
107msgid ""
108"One of the most common purposes <acronym>GIMP</acronym> is used for is to "
109"prepare images for adding them to a web site. This means that images should "
110"look as nice as possible while keeping the file size as small as possible. "
111"This little step-by-step guide will tell you how to achieve a smaller file "
112"size with minimal degradation of image quality."
113msgstr ""
114
115#: src/using/web.xml:39(phrase)
116msgid "Images with an Optimal Size/Quality Ratio"
117msgstr ""
118
119#: src/using/web.xml:41(para)
120msgid ""
121"An optimal image for the web depends upon the image type and the file format "
122"you have to use. If you want to put a photograph with a lot of colors "
123"online, you have to use <link linkend=\"file-jpeg-save\">JPEG</link> as your "
124"primary file format. If your image contains fewer colors, that is, if it is "
125"not a photograph, but is more a drawing you created (such as a button or a "
126"screenshot), you would be better off using <link linkend=\"file-png-load"
127"\">PNG</link> format. We will guide you through the process of doing this."
128msgstr ""
129
130#: src/using/web.xml:54(para)
131msgid ""
132"First, open the image as usual. I have opened our Wilber as an example image."
133msgstr ""
134
135#: src/using/web.xml:60(phrase)
136msgid "The Wilber image opened in RGBA mode."
137msgstr ""
138
139#: src/using/web.xml:70(para)
140msgid ""
141"The image is now in RGB mode, with an additional <link linkend=\"glossary-"
142"alpha\">Alpha channel</link> (RGBA). There is usually no need to have an "
143"alpha channel for your web image. You can remove the alpha channel by <link "
144"linkend=\"gimp-image-flatten\">flattening the image</link>."
145msgstr ""
146
147#: src/using/web.xml:77(para)
148msgid ""
149"If you open a photograph, you probably won't have to remove the alpha "
150"channel, because a photograph doesn't usually have one, so the file is "
151"already opened in RGB mode."
152msgstr ""
153
154#: src/using/web.xml:83(para)
155msgid ""
156"If the image has a soft transition into the transparent areas, you cannot "
157"remove the alpha channel, since the information which would be used for "
158"fading out will not be saved in the file. If you would like to save an image "
159"with transparent areas which do not have a soft transition, (similar to "
160"<link linkend=\"file-gif-save\">GIF</link>), you can remove the alpha "
161"channel."
162msgstr ""
163
164#: src/using/web.xml:95(para)
165msgid ""
166"After you have flattened the image, you are able to <link linkend=\"gimp-"
167"file-save\">save the image</link> in <link linkend=\"file-png-save-defaults"
168"\">PNG format</link> for your web site."
169msgstr ""
170
171#: src/using/web.xml:104(para)
172msgid ""
173"You can save your image in PNG format with the default settings, but using "
174"maximum compression. Doing this will have no negative affects on the quality "
175"of the picture, as it would have with <link linkend=\"file-jpeg-save\">JPEG</"
176"link> format. If your image is a photograph with lots of colors, you would "
177"be better off saving it as jpeg. The main thing is to find the best tradeoff "
178"between quality and compression. You can find more information about this "
179"topic in <xref linkend=\"file-jpeg-save\"/>."
180msgstr ""
181
182#: src/using/web.xml:118(phrase)
183msgid "Reducing the File Size Even More"
184msgstr ""
185
186#: src/using/web.xml:120(para)
187msgid ""
188"If you want to reduce the size of your image a bit more, you could convert "
189"your image to Indexed mode. That means that all of the colors will be "
190"reduced to only 256 values. Converting images with smooth color transitions "
191"or gradients to indexed mode will often give poor results, because it will "
192"turn the smooth gradients into a series of bands. This method is also not "
193"recommended for photographs because it will make the image look coarse and "
194"grainy."
195msgstr ""
196
197#: src/using/web.xml:131(phrase)
198msgid "The indexed image"
199msgstr ""
200
201#: src/using/web.xml:138(para)
202msgid ""
203"An indexed image can look a bit grainy. The left image is Wilber in its "
204"original size, the right one is zoomed in by 300 percent."
205msgstr ""
206
207#: src/using/web.xml:147(para)
208msgid ""
209"Use the command described in <xref linkend=\"gimp-image-mode\"/> to convert "
210"your RGB image to indexed mode."
211msgstr ""
212
213#: src/using/web.xml:153(para)
214msgid ""
215"After you have converted the image to indexed mode, you are once again able "
216"to <link linkend=\"gimp-file-save\">save</link> your image in <link linkend="
217"\"file-png-save-defaults\">PNG format</link>."
218msgstr ""
219
220#: src/using/web.xml:164(phrase)
221msgid "Saving Images with Transparency"
222msgstr ""
223
224#: src/using/web.xml:167(primary)
225msgid "Transparency"
226msgstr ""
227
228#: src/using/web.xml:168(secondary)
229msgid "Saving images with transparency"
230msgstr ""
231
232#: src/using/web.xml:170(para)
233msgid ""
234"There are two different approaches used by graphic file formats for "
235"supporting transparent image areas: simple binary transparency and alpha "
236"transparency. Simple binary transparency is supported in <link linkend="
237"\"file-gif-save\">GIF</link> format. Here, one color from the indexed color "
238"palette is marked as the transparent color. Alpha transparency is supported "
239"in <link linkend=\"file-png-save-defaults\">PNG</link> format. Here, the "
240"transparency information is stored in a separate channel, the <link linkend="
241"\"glossary-alpha\">Alpha channel</link>."
242msgstr ""
243
244#: src/using/web.xml:181(para)
245msgid ""
246"There is usually no need to save images in GIF format any more, because PNG "
247"supports all the features of GIF and offers additional features (e.g., alpha "
248"transparency). Nevertheless, this format is still used for animations."
249msgstr ""
250
251#: src/using/web.xml:190(phrase)
252msgid "Creating an Image with Transparent Areas (Alpha Transparency)"
253msgstr ""
254
255#: src/using/web.xml:195(para)
256msgid ""
257"First of all, we will use the same image as in the previous tutorials, "
258"Wilber the GIMP mascot."
259msgstr ""
260
261#: src/using/web.xml:201(phrase)
262msgid "The Wilber Image Opened in RGBA Mode."
263msgstr ""
264
265#: src/using/web.xml:211(para)
266msgid ""
267"To save an image with alpha transparency, you must have an alpha channel. To "
268"check if the image has an alpha channel, go to the <link linkend=\"gimp-"
269"channel-dialog\">channel dialog</link> and verify that an entry for "
270"<quote>Alpha</quote> exists, besides Red, Green and Blue. If this is not the "
271"case, <link linkend=\"gimp-layer-alpha-add\">add a new alpha channel</link> "
272"from the layers menu."
273msgstr ""
274
275#: src/using/web.xml:221(para)
276msgid ""
277"You can now remove the background layer to get a completely transparent "
278"background, or create a gradient from color to transparency. You are only "
279"limited by your imagination. To demonstrate the capabilities of alpha "
280"transparency, we'll make a soft glow in the background around our Wilber."
281msgstr ""
282
283#: src/using/web.xml:230(para)
284msgid ""
285"After you're done with your image, you can <link linkend=\"gimp-file-save"
286"\">save</link> it in <link linkend=\"file-png-save-defaults\">PNG format</"
287"link>."
288msgstr ""
289
290#: src/using/web.xml:239(phrase)
291msgid ""
292"Mid-Tone Checks in the background layer represent the transparent region of "
293"the saved image while you are working on it in <acronym>GIMP</acronym>."
294msgstr ""
295
296#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
297#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
298#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:53(None)
299msgid ""
300"@@image: 'images/using/stretch-shrink-cursor.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T "
301"EXIST"
302msgstr ""
303
304#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
305#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
306#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:223(None)
307msgid ""
308"@@image: 'images/using/select-to-brush.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
309msgstr ""
310
311#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
312#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
313#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:262(None)
314msgid "@@image: 'images/using/create-brush1.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
315msgstr ""
316
317#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
318#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
319#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:270(None)
320msgid "@@image: 'images/using/create-brush2.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
321msgstr ""
322
323#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
324#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
325#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:278(None)
326msgid "@@image: 'images/using/create-brush3.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
327msgstr ""
328
329#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:17(date)
330msgid "2007-12-19"
331msgstr ""
332
333#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:18(authorinitials)
334msgid "jpl"
335msgstr ""
336
337#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:23(phrase)
338#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:27(secondary)
339msgid "Varying brush size"
340msgstr ""
341
342#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:26(primary)
343#: src/using/brushes.xml:12(primary) src/using/brushes.xml:25(primary)
344msgid "Brushes"
345msgstr ""
346
347#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:29(para)
348msgid "From <acronym>GIMP</acronym>-2.4, all brushes have a variable size."
349msgstr ""
350
351#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:34(phrase)
352msgid "How to vary the height of a brush"
353msgstr ""
354
355#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:36(para)
356msgid "You can get the brush size varying in three ways:"
357msgstr ""
358
359#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:41(para)
360msgid ""
361"Using the slider <guilabel>Stretch or Shrink</guilabel> of the tool that "
362"uses the brush. Pencil, Paintbrush, Eraser, Airbrush, Clone, Heal, "
363"Perspective Clone, Blur/Sharpen and Dodge/Burn tools have a slider to vary "
364"brush size."
365msgstr ""
366
367#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:49(phrase)
368msgid "The Stretch or Shrink slider"
369msgstr ""
370
371#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:56(para)
372msgid "The two possibilities to vary brush size."
373msgstr ""
374
375#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:65(para)
376msgid "By programming the mouse wheel:"
377msgstr ""
378
379#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:67(para)
380msgid ""
381"In the main window of GIMP, click on <menuchoice><guimenu>Files</"
382"guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
383msgstr ""
384
385#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:73(para)
386msgid ""
387"In the left column of the new window, select <menuchoice><guimenu>Input "
388"Devices</guimenu><guimenuitem>Input Controllers</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
389msgstr ""
390
391#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:79(para)
392msgid ""
393"You can see <guibutton>Additional Input Controllers</guibutton>, with two "
394"columns: <guibutton>Available Controllers</guibutton> and <guibutton>Active "
395"Controllers</guibutton>."
396msgstr ""
397
398#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:86(para)
399msgid ""
400"In the column <guibutton>Active Controllers</guibutton>, double-click the "
401"<guibutton>Main Mouse Wheel</guibutton> button."
402msgstr ""
403
404#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:93(para)
405msgid ""
406"Then, you see a new window: <guibutton>Configure Input Controller</"
407"guibutton>."
408msgstr ""
409
410#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:97(para)
411msgid ""
412"In the left column <guibutton>Event</guibutton>, click <guibutton>Scroll Up</"
413"guibutton> to get it highlighted."
414msgstr ""
415
416#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:103(para)
417msgid ""
418"Click the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> button (at the bottom middle of the "
419"list)."
420msgstr ""
421
422#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:109(para)
423msgid ""
424"You can see the window <guibutton>Select Controller Event Action</guibutton>."
425msgstr ""
426
427#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:113(para)
428msgid ""
429"Drop-down the <guibutton>Tools</guibutton> item, by clicking the small "
430"triangle on its left."
431msgstr ""
432
433#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:120(para)
434msgid ""
435"In the left column <guibutton>Action</guibutton>, click "
436"<guibutton>Increase Brush Scale</guibutton> to highlight it, then click the "
437"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> button."
438msgstr ""
439
440#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:127(para)
441msgid ""
442"Now, in front of <guibutton>Scroll Up</guibutton> is display "
443"<guibutton>tools-paint-brush-scale-increase</guibutton>."
444msgstr ""
445
446#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:134(para)
447msgid "Close the window."
448msgstr ""
449
450#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:139(para)
451msgid ""
452"With the same method, program <guibutton>Scroll Down</guibutton> with "
453"<guibutton>Decrease Brush Scale</guibutton>."
454msgstr ""
455
456#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:146(para)
457msgid ""
458"Don't forget to click the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button of the main "
459"window of <guibutton>Preferences</guibutton>."
460msgstr ""
461
462#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:153(para)
463msgid ""
464"After these somewhat long explanations, you can use your mouse wheel to vary "
465"size brush. For example, choose the pencil tool with the <quote>Circle</"
466"quote> brush. Set the pointer in the image window, use the mouse wheel, in "
467"the two directions, you can see the <quote>Circle</quote> shrinking or "
468"stretching."
469msgstr ""
470
471#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:164(para)
472msgid ""
473"You can program the <quote>Up</quote> and <quote>Down</quote> arrow keys of "
474"the keyboard."
475msgstr ""
476
477#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:168(para)
478msgid ""
479"The method is similar to that of the mouse wheel. The only differences are:"
480msgstr ""
481
482#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:174(para)
483msgid ""
484"In the column <guibutton>Active Controllers</guibutton>, double-click "
485"<guibutton>Main Keyboard</guibutton>."
486msgstr ""
487
488#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:181(para)
489msgid ""
490"In the column <guibutton>Event</guibutton>, click <guibutton>Cursor Up</"
491"guibutton> for the first key, and <guibutton>Cursor Down</guibutton> for the "
492"second key."
493msgstr ""
494
495#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:188(para)
496msgid ""
497"Then, use the two keys (Up arrow and Down arrow) and the result is the same "
498"as you got with the mouse wheel."
499msgstr ""
500
501#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:199(phrase)
502msgid "Creating a brush quickly"
503msgstr ""
504
505#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:201(para)
506msgid "Two methods to create a new brush easily:"
507msgstr ""
508
509#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:206(para)
510msgid ""
511"First, the <quote>superfast</quote> method. You have an image area you want "
512"make a brush from it, to be used with a tool like pencil, airbrush... Select "
513"it with the rectangular (or elliptical) select tool, then do a "
514"<guibutton>Copy</guibutton> of this selection and immediately you can see "
515"this copy in the first position of the Brush Dialog, and its name is "
516"<quote>Clipboard</quote>. It is immediately usable."
517msgstr ""
518
519#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:217(phrase)
520msgid "Selection becomes a brush after copying"
521msgstr ""
522
523#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:229(para)
524msgid "The second method is more elaborate."
525msgstr ""
526
527#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:232(para)
528msgid ""
529"Do <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem></"
530"menuchoice> with, for example, a width and a length of 35 pixels and in the "
531"advanced options a <guilabel>Color Space</guilabel> in <guilabel>Gray Level</"
532"guilabel> and <guilabel>Fill with: white</guilabel>."
533msgstr ""
534
535#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:240(para)
536msgid ""
537"Zoom on this new image to enlarge it and draw on it with a black pencil."
538msgstr ""
539
540#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:244(para)
541msgid ""
542"Save it with a <guilabel>.gbr</guilabel> extension in the directory "
543"<guilabel>/home/name_of_user/.gimp-2.4/brushes/</guilabel>."
544msgstr ""
545
546#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:248(para)
547msgid ""
548"In the brushes window, click on the button <guilabel>Refresh brushes</"
549"guilabel>."
550msgstr ""
551
552#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:252(para)
553msgid ""
554"And your marvellous brush appears right in the middle of the other brushes. "
555"You can use it immediately, without starting GIMP again."
556msgstr ""
557
558#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:258(phrase)
559msgid "Steps to create a brush"
560msgstr ""
561
562#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:265(para)
563msgid "Draw image, save as brush"
564msgstr ""
565
566#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:273(para)
567msgid "Refresh brushes"
568msgstr ""
569
570#: src/using/variable-size-brush.xml:281(para)
571msgid "Use the brush"
572msgstr ""
573
574#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
575#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
576#: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:69(None)
577msgid "@@image: 'images/using/straightline1.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
578msgstr ""
579
580#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
581#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
582#: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:93(None)
583msgid "@@image: 'images/using/straightline2.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
584msgstr ""
585
586#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
587#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
588#: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:113(None)
589msgid "@@image: 'images/using/straightline3.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
590msgstr ""
591
592#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
593#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
594#: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:135(None)
595msgid "@@image: 'images/using/straightline4.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
596msgstr ""
597
598#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
599#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
600#: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:180(None)
601msgid "@@image: 'images/using/basicshape1.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
602msgstr ""
603
604#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
605#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
606#: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:206(None)
607msgid "@@image: 'images/using/basicshape2.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
608msgstr ""
609
610#: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:16(date)
611msgid "2006-08-02"
612msgstr ""
613
614#: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:22(phrase)
615msgid "Drawing Simple Objects"
616msgstr ""
617
618#: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:25(primary)
619msgid "Line"
620msgstr ""
621
622#: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:26(secondary)
623#: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:30(secondary)
624msgid "Drawing a straight line"
625msgstr ""
626
627#: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:29(primary)
628#: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:37(primary)
629msgid "Tutorials"
630msgstr ""
631
632#: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:33(primary)
633msgid "Rectangle"
634msgstr ""
635
636#: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:34(secondary)
637#: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:38(secondary)
638msgid "Drawing a rectangle"
639msgstr ""
640
641#: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:40(para)
642msgid ""
643"In this section, you will learn how to create simple objects in "
644"<acronym>GIMP</acronym>. It's pretty easy once you figure out how to do it. "
645"<acronym>GIMP</acronym> provides a huge set of <link linkend=\"gimp-toolbox-"
646"introduction\">Tools</link> and Shortcuts which most new users get lost in."
647msgstr ""
648
649#: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:49(phrase)
650#: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:58(phrase)
651msgid "Drawing a Straight Line"
652msgstr ""
653
654#: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:51(para)
655msgid ""
656"Let's begin by painting a straight line. The easiest way to create a "
657"straight line is by using your favorite <link linkend=\"gimp-tool-painting"
658"\">painting tool</link>, the mouse and the keyboard."
659msgstr ""
660
661#: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:63(phrase)
662msgid "The dialog shows a new image, filled with a white background."
663msgstr ""
664
665#: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:73(para)
666msgid ""
667"Create a <link linkend=\"gimp-file-new\">new image</link>. Select your "
668"favorite <link linkend=\"gimp-tool-painting\">painting tool</link> or use "
669"the <link linkend=\"gimp-tool-pencil\">pencil</link>, if in doubt. Select a "
670"<link linkend=\"gimp-toolbox-color-area\">foreground color</link>, but be "
671"sure that the foreground and background colors are different."
672msgstr ""
673
674#: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:85(phrase)
675msgid ""
676"The dialog shows a new image, with the first dot which indicates the start "
677"of the straight line. The dot has a black foreground color."
678msgstr ""
679
680#: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:97(para)
681msgid ""
682"Create a starting point by clicking on the <link linkend=\"imagewindow-"
683"display\">image display</link> area with the left mouse button. Your canvas "
684"should look similar to <xref linkend=\"gimp-using-straightline1\"/>."
685msgstr ""
686
687#: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:106(phrase)
688msgid ""
689"The screenshot shows the helpline, which indicates how the finished line "
690"will look."
691msgstr ""
692
693#: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:117(para)
694msgid ""
695"Now, hold down the <keycap>Shift</keycap> button on your keyboard and move "
696"the mouse away from the starting point you created. You'll see a thin line "
697"indicating how the line will look."
698msgstr ""
699
700#: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:127(phrase)
701msgid ""
702"The line created appears in the image window after drawing the second point "
703"(or end point), while the <keycap>Shift</keycap> key is still pressed."
704msgstr ""
705
706#: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:139(para)
707msgid ""
708"If you're satisfied with the direction and length of the line, click the "
709"left mouse button again to finish the line. The <acronym>GIMP</acronym> "
710"displays a straight line now. If the line doesn't appear, check the "
711"foreground and background colors and be sure that you kept the "
712"<keycap>Shift</keycap> key pressed while painting. You can keep creating "
713"lines by continuing to hold the <keycap>Shift</keycap> key and creating "
714"additional end points."
715msgstr ""
716
717#: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:154(phrase)
718msgid "Creating a Basic Shape"
719msgstr ""
720
721#: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:158(para)
722msgid ""
723"Drawing shapes is not the main purpose for using <acronym>GIMP</acronym>. "
724"However, you may create shapes by either painting them using the technique "
725"described in <xref linkend=\"gimp-using-straightline1\"/> or by using the "
726"selection tools. Of course, there are various other ways to paint a shape, "
727"but we'll stick to the easiest ones here. So, create a <link linkend=\"gimp-"
728"file-new\">new image</link> and check that the <link linkend=\"gimp-toolbox-"
729"color-area\">foreground and background colors</link> are different."
730msgstr ""
731
732#: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:172(phrase)
733msgid ""
734"The screenshot shows how a rectangular selection is created. Press and hold "
735"the left mouse button while you move the mouse in the direction of the red "
736"arrow."
737msgstr ""
738
739#: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:184(para)
740msgid ""
741"Basic shapes like rectangles or ellipses, can be created using the <link "
742"linkend=\"gimp-tools-selection\">selection tools</link>. This tutorial uses "
743"a rectangular selection as an example. So, choose the <link linkend=\"gimp-"
744"tool-rect-select\">rectangular selection tool</link> and create a new "
745"selection: press and hold the left mouse button while you move the mouse to "
746"another position in the image (illustrated in figure <xref linkend=\"gimp-"
747"using-basicshape1\"/>). The selection is created when you release the mouse "
748"button. For more information about key modifiers see <link linkend=\"gimp-"
749"tools-selection\">selection tools</link>."
750msgstr ""
751
752#: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:199(phrase)
753msgid ""
754"The screenshot shows a rectangular selection filled with the foreground "
755"color."
756msgstr ""
757
758#: src/using/simpleobjects.xml:210(para)
759msgid ""
760"After creating the selection, you can either create a filled or an outlined "
761"shape with the foreground color of your choice. If you go for the first "
762"option, choose a <link linkend=\"gimp-toolbox-color-area\">foreground color</"
763"link> and fill the selection with the <link linkend=\"gimp-tool-bucket-fill"
764"\">bucket fill tool</link>. If you choose the latter option, create an "
765"outline by using the<link linkend=\"gimp-selection-stroke\">Stroke "
766"selection</link> menu item from the <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> menu. If you're "
767"satisfied with the result, <link linkend=\"gimp-selection-none\">remove the "
768"selection</link>."
769msgstr ""
770
771#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
772#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
773#: src/using/shortcuts.xml:79(None)
774msgid ""
775"@@image: 'images/dialogs/dialogs-shortcuts.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
776msgstr ""
777
778#: src/using/shortcuts.xml:16(date)
779msgid "2006-08-06"
780msgstr ""
781
782#: src/using/shortcuts.xml:22(phrase)
783msgid "Creating Shortcuts to Menu Functions"
784msgstr ""
785
786#: src/using/shortcuts.xml:25(primary) src/using/shortcuts.xml:29(secondary)
787msgid "Shortcuts"
788msgstr ""
789
790#: src/using/shortcuts.xml:28(primary)
791#: src/using/customize-splashscreen.xml:23(primary)
792msgid "Customize"
793msgstr ""
794
795#: src/using/shortcuts.xml:31(para)
796msgid ""
797"Many functions which are accessible via the image menu have a default "
798"keyboard shortcut. You may want to create a new shortcut for a command that "
799"you use a lot and doesn't have one or, more rarely, edit an existing "
800"shortcut. There are two methods for doing this."
801msgstr ""
802
803#: src/using/shortcuts.xml:39(phrase)
804msgid "Using dynamic keyboard shortcuts"
805msgstr ""
806
807#: src/using/shortcuts.xml:42(para)
808msgid ""
809"First, you have to activate this capability by checking the <guilabel>Use "
810"dynamic keyboard shortcuts</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Interface</"
811"guilabel> item of the <link linkend=\"gimp-prefs-interface\">Preferences</"
812"link> menu. This option is usually not checked, to prevent accidental key "
813"presses from creating an unwanted shortcut."
814msgstr ""
815
816#: src/using/shortcuts.xml:51(para)
817msgid ""
818"While you're doing that, also check the <guilabel>Save keyboard shortcuts on "
819"exit</guilabel> option so that your shortcut will be saved."
820msgstr ""
821
822#: src/using/shortcuts.xml:58(para)
823msgid ""
824"To create a keyboard shortcut, simply place the mouse pointer on a command "
825"in the menu: it will then be highlighted. Be careful that the mouse pointer "
826"doesn't move and type a sequence of three keys, keeping the keys pressed. "
827"You will see this sequence appear on the right of the command."
828msgstr ""
829
830#: src/using/shortcuts.xml:67(para)
831msgid ""
832"It is best to use the <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</"
833"keycap><keycap>Key</keycap></keycombo> sequence for your custom shortcuts."
834msgstr ""
835
836#: src/using/shortcuts.xml:75(phrase)
837msgid "Configure Keyboard Shortcuts"
838msgstr ""
839
840#: src/using/shortcuts.xml:85(phrase)
841msgid "Using the Keyboard Shortcut Editor"
842msgstr ""
843
844#: src/using/shortcuts.xml:88(para)
845msgid ""
846"You get to this Editor by clicking on <guibutton>Configure keyboard "
847"shortcuts</guibutton> in the <quote>Interface</quote> item of the <link "
848"linkend=\"gimp-prefs-interface\">Preferences</link> menu."
849msgstr ""
850
851#: src/using/shortcuts.xml:95(para)
852msgid ""
853"As shown in this dialog, you can select the command you want to create a "
854"shortcut for, in the <quote>Action</quote> area. Then you type your key "
855"sequence as above. In principle, the Space bar should clear a shortcut. (In "
856"practice, it clears it, but doesn't delete it.)"
857msgstr ""
858
859#: src/using/shortcuts.xml:103(para)
860msgid ""
861"This shortcut editor also allows you to <emphasis>control the tool parameter "
862"settings</emphasis> with the keyboard. At the top of this dialog, you can "
863"find a <guilabel>Context</guilabel> menu that takes you to the tool "
864"parameters. To make your work easier, tool types are marked with small icons."
865msgstr ""
866
867#: src/using/shortcuts.xml:113(para)
868msgid ""
869"Custom Keyboard shortcuts are stored in one of Gimp's hidden directory "
870"(<filename class=\"directory\">/home/[username]/.gimp-2.4/menurc</filename>) "
871"under Linux, and <filename class=\"directory\"> C:\\Documents and Settings"
872"\\[Username]\\.gimp-2.4\\menurc</filename> under Windows XP. It is a simple "
873"text file that you can transport from one computer to another."
874msgstr ""
875
876#: src/using/setup.xml:12(phrase)
877msgid "How to Set Your Tile Cache"
878msgstr ""
879
880#: src/using/setup.xml:15(primary)
881msgid "Tile cache"
882msgstr ""
883
884#: src/using/setup.xml:17(para)
885msgid ""
886"During the data processing and manipulation of pictures, GIMP becomes in the "
887"need of much main memory. The more is available the better is. "
888"<acronym>GIMP</acronym> uses the operating system memory available resources "
889"as effectively as possible, striving to maintain the work on the pictures "
890"fast and comfortable for the user. That Data memory, during the treatment, "
891"is organized in buffered blocks of graphic data, which could exist in two "
892"different forms of data memory: in the slow not removable disk or in the "
893"fast main RAM memory. GIMP uses preferably the RAM, and when it runs short "
894"of this memory, it uses the hard disk for the remaining data. These chunks "
895"of graphic data are commonly referred to as \"tiles\" and the entire system "
896"is called \"tile cache\"."
897msgstr ""
898
899#: src/using/setup.xml:30(para)
900msgid ""
901"A low value for tile cache means that GIMP sends data to the disk very "
902"quickly, not making real use of the available RAM, and making the disks work "
903"for no real reason. Too high a value for tile cache, and other applications "
904"start to have less system resources, forcing them to use swap space, which "
905"also makes the disks work too hard; some of them may even terminate or start "
906"to malfunction due lack of RAM."
907msgstr ""
908
909#: src/using/setup.xml:38(para)
910msgid ""
911"How do you choose a number for the Tile Cache size? Here are some tips to "
912"help you decide what value to use, as well as a few tricks:"
913msgstr ""
914
915#: src/using/setup.xml:44(para)
916msgid ""
917"The easiest method is to just forget about this and hope the default works. "
918"This was a usable method when computers had little RAM, and most people just "
919"tried to make small images with GIMP while running one or two other "
920"applications at the same time. If you want something easy and only use GIMP "
921"to make screenshots and logos, this is probably the best solution."
922msgstr ""
923
924#: src/using/setup.xml:54(para)
925msgid ""
926"If you have a modern computer with plenty of memory–say, 512 MB or more–"
927"setting the Tile Cache to half of your RAM will probably give good "
928"performance for GIMP in most situations without depriving other "
929"applications. Probably even 3/4 of your RAM would be fine."
930msgstr ""
931
932#: src/using/setup.xml:62(para)
933msgid ""
934"Ask someone to do it for you, which in the case of a computer serving "
935"multiple users at the same time can be a good idea: that way the "
936"administrator and other users do not get mad at you for abusing the machine, "
937"nor do you get a badly underperforming GIMP. If it is your machine and only "
938"serves a single user at a given time, this could mean money, or drinks, as "
939"price for the service."
940msgstr ""
941
942#: src/using/setup.xml:72(para)
943msgid ""
944"Start changing the value a bit each time and check that it goes faster and "
945"faster with each increase, but the system does not complain about lack of "
946"memory. Be forewarned that sometimes lack of memory shows up suddenly with "
947"some applications being killed to make space for the others."
948msgstr ""
949
950#: src/using/setup.xml:81(para)
951msgid ""
952"Do some simple math and calculate a viable value. Maybe you will have to "
953"tune it later, but maybe you have to tune it anyway with the other previous "
954"methods. At least you know what is happening and can get the best from your "
955"computer."
956msgstr ""
957
958#: src/using/setup.xml:89(para)
959msgid ""
960"Let's suppose you prefer the last option, and want to get a good value to "
961"start with. First, you need to get some data about your computer. This data "
962"is the amount of RAM installed in your system, the operating system's swap "
963"space available, and a general idea about the speed of the disks that store "
964"the operating system's swap and the directory used for GIMP's swap. You do "
965"not need to do disk tests, nor check the RPM of the disks, the thing is to "
966"see which one seems clearly faster or slower, or whether all are similar. "
967"You can change GIMP's swap directory in the Folders page of the Preferences "
968"dialog."
969msgstr ""
970
971#: src/using/setup.xml:100(para)
972msgid ""
973"The next thing to do is to see how much resources you require for other apps "
974"you want to run at the same time than GIMP. So start all your tools and do "
975"some work with them, except GIMP of course, and check the usage. You can use "
976"applications like free or top, depending in what OS and what environment you "
977"use. The numbers you want is the memory left, including file cache. Modern "
978"Unix keeps a very small area free, in order to be able to keep large file "
979"and buffer caches. Linux's <emphasis>free</emphasis> command does the maths "
980"for you: check the column that says <quote>free</quote>, and the line "
981"<quote>-/+ buffers/cache</quote>. Note down also the free swap."
982msgstr ""
983
984#: src/using/setup.xml:112(para)
985msgid ""
986"Now time for decisions and a bit of simple math. Basically the concept is to "
987"decide if you want to base all Tile Cache in RAM, or RAM plus operating "
988"system swap:"
989msgstr ""
990
991#: src/using/setup.xml:119(para)
992msgid ""
993"Do you change applications a lot? Or keep working in GIMP for a long time? "
994"If you spend a lot of time in GIMP, you can consider free RAM plus free swap "
995"as available; if not, you need to go to the following steps. (If you're "
996"feeling unsure about it, check the following steps.) If you are sure you "
997"switch apps every few minutes, only count the free RAM and just go to the "
998"final decision; no more things to check."
999msgstr ""
1000
1001#: src/using/setup.xml:129(para)
1002msgid ""
1003"Does the operating system swap live in the same physical disk as GIMP swap? "
1004"If so, add RAM and swap. Otherwise go to the next step."
1005msgstr ""
1006
1007#: src/using/setup.xml:135(para)
1008msgid ""
1009"Is the disk that holds the OS swap faster or the same speed as the disk that "
1010"holds the GIMP swap? If slower, take only the free RAM; if faster or "
1011"similar, add free RAM and swap."
1012msgstr ""
1013
1014#: src/using/setup.xml:142(para)
1015msgid ""
1016"You now have a number, be it just the free RAM or the free RAM plus the free "
1017"OS swap. Reduce it a bit, to be on the safe side, and that is the Tile Cache "
1018"you could use as a good start."
1019msgstr ""
1020
1021#: src/using/setup.xml:149(para)
1022msgid ""
1023"As you can see, all is about checking the free resources, and decide if the "
1024"OS swap is worth using or will cause more problems than help."
1025msgstr ""
1026
1027#: src/using/setup.xml:153(para)
1028msgid ""
1029"There are some reasons you want to adjust this value, though. The basic one "
1030"is changes in your computer usage pattern, or changing hardware. That could "
1031"mean your assumptions about how you use your computer, or the speed of it, "
1032"are no longer valid. That would require a reevaluation of the previous "
1033"steps, which can drive you to a similar value or a completely new value."
1034msgstr ""
1035
1036#: src/using/setup.xml:161(para)
1037msgid ""
1038"Another reason to change the value is because it seems that GIMP runs too "
1039"slowly, while changing to other applications is fast: this means that GIMP "
1040"could use more memory without impairing the other applications. On the other "
1041"hand, if you get complaints from other applications about not having enough "
1042"memory, then it may benefit you to not let GIMP hog so much of it."
1043msgstr ""
1044
1045#: src/using/setup.xml:168(para)
1046msgid ""
1047"If you decided to use only RAM and GIMP runs slowly, you could try "
1048"increasing the value a bit, but never to use also all the free swap. If the "
1049"case is the contrary, using both RAM and swap, and you have problems about "
1050"lack of resources, then you should decrease the amount of RAM available to "
1051"GIMP."
1052msgstr ""
1053
1054#: src/using/setup.xml:175(para)
1055msgid ""
1056"Another trick is to put the Swap Dir on a very fast disk, or on a different "
1057"disk than the one where most of your files reside. Spreading the operating "
1058"system swap file over multiple disks is also a good way to speed things up, "
1059"in general. And of course, you might have to buy more RAM or stop using lots "
1060"of programs at the same time: you can not expect to edit a poster on a "
1061"computer with 16MB and be fast."
1062msgstr ""
1063
1064#: src/using/setup.xml:184(para)
1065msgid ""
1066"You can also check what memory requirements your images have. The larger the "
1067"images, and the number of undoes, the more resources you need. This is "
1068"another way to choose a number, but it is only good if you always work with "
1069"the same kind of images, and thus the real requirements do not vary. It is "
1070"also helpful to know if you will require more RAM and/or disk space."
1071msgstr ""
1072
1073#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
1074#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
1075#: src/using/selections.xml:62(None)
1076msgid "@@image: 'images/using/select-move-1.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
1077msgstr ""
1078
1079#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
1080#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
1081#: src/using/selections.xml:95(None)
1082msgid "@@image: 'images/using/select-move-2.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
1083msgstr ""
1084
1085#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
1086#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
1087#: src/using/selections.xml:116(None)
1088msgid "@@image: 'images/using/select-move-3.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
1089msgstr ""
1090
1091#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
1092#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
1093#: src/using/selections.xml:172(None)
1094msgid ""
1095"@@image: 'images/toolbox/toolbox-lasso-ex1.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
1096msgstr ""
1097
1098#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
1099#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
1100#: src/using/selections.xml:180(None)
1101msgid ""
1102"@@image: 'images/toolbox/toolbox-lasso-ex2.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
1103msgstr ""
1104
1105#: src/using/selections.xml:19(date)
1106msgid "2007-12-31"
1107msgstr ""
1108
1109#: src/using/selections.xml:20(authorinitials)
1110msgid "j.h"
1111msgstr ""
1112
1113#: src/using/selections.xml:25(phrase)
1114msgid "Creating and Using Selections"
1115msgstr ""
1116
1117#: src/using/selections.xml:28(primary)
1118msgid "Selections"
1119msgstr ""
1120
1121#: src/using/selections.xml:29(secondary) src/using/paths.xml:31(secondary)
1122#: src/using/docks.xml:15(secondary)
1123msgid "Using"
1124msgstr ""
1125
1126#: src/using/selections.xml:33(phrase)
1127msgid "Moving a Selection"
1128msgstr ""
1129
1130#: src/using/selections.xml:36(primary)
1131msgid "Selection"
1132msgstr ""
1133
1134#: src/using/selections.xml:37(secondary)
1135msgid "Move selection"
1136msgstr ""
1137
1138#: src/using/selections.xml:39(para)
1139msgid ""
1140"Moving selections has changed with GIMP-v2.4. Rectangular and elliptical "
1141"selections now show up in two modes. Default mode is with handles. If you "
1142"click the selection, you only get the dotted outline (marching ants). The "
1143"other selection tools have different behaviour."
1144msgstr ""
1145
1146#: src/using/selections.xml:47(phrase)
1147msgid "Moving rectangular and elliptical selections"
1148msgstr ""
1149
1150#: src/using/selections.xml:51(para)
1151msgid ""
1152"If you click-and drag the selection in default mode, you move the selection "
1153"outline and you don't move the contents of rectangular or elliptic "
1154"selections."
1155msgstr ""
1156
1157#: src/using/selections.xml:58(phrase)
1158msgid "Moving selection outline"
1159msgstr ""
1160
1161#: src/using/selections.xml:66(para)
1162msgid ""
1163"You can also use <keycap>Alt</keycap> (or <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</"
1164"keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap></keycombo> on some systems) and the arrow keys "
1165"to move the selection outline one by one pixel. With "
1166"<keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap></keycombo> and arrow "
1167"keys you can move it by 25 pixels steps."
1168msgstr ""
1169
1170#: src/using/selections.xml:74(para)
1171msgid ""
1172"If you click-and-drag the selection without handles, you create a new "
1173"selection! To move the selection contents, you have to"
1174msgstr ""
1175
1176#: src/using/selections.xml:80(para)
1177msgid ""
1178"hold down <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap></keycombo> "
1179"keys and click-and-drag the selection. This makes the original place empty. "
1180"A floating selection is created."
1181msgstr ""
1182
1183#: src/using/selections.xml:88(phrase)
1184msgid "Moving a selection and its content, emptying the original place"
1185msgstr ""
1186
1187#: src/using/selections.xml:101(para)
1188msgid ""
1189"hold down <keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap></keycombo> "
1190"keys and click-and-drag the selection to move without emptying the original "
1191"place. A floating selection is created."
1192msgstr ""
1193
1194#: src/using/selections.xml:109(phrase)
1195msgid "Moving a selection and its content without emptying the original place"
1196msgstr ""
1197
1198#: src/using/selections.xml:123(para)
1199msgid ""
1200"On some systems, it's preferable to push first the <keycap>Alt</keycap>, "
1201"otherwise if you push first the <keycap>Alt</keycap> or <keycap>Ctrl</"
1202"keycap>, GIMP fall over add/subtract to the current selection mode and after "
1203"the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key is ineffective!"
1204msgstr ""
1205
1206#: src/using/selections.xml:133(phrase)
1207msgid "Moving the other selections"
1208msgstr ""
1209
1210#: src/using/selections.xml:135(para)
1211msgid ""
1212"The other selections (Lasso, Magic wand, By Color) have no handle. Click-and "
1213"dragging them doesn't move them. To move their contents, as with rectangular "
1214"and elliptical selections, you have to hold down <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</"
1215"keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap></keycombo> keys or <keycombo><keycap>Shift</"
1216"keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap></keycombo> and click-and-drag."
1217msgstr ""
1218
1219#: src/using/selections.xml:143(para)
1220msgid ""
1221"If you use keyboard arrow keys instead of click-and-drag, you move the "
1222"outline."
1223msgstr ""
1224
1225#: src/using/selections.xml:150(phrase)
1226msgid "Other method"
1227msgstr ""
1228
1229#: src/using/selections.xml:153(para)
1230msgid ""
1231"You can also use a more roundabout method to move a selection. Make it "
1232"floating. Then you can move its content, emptying the origin, by click-and-"
1233"dragging or keyboard arrow keys. To move without emptying, use copy-paste."
1234msgstr ""
1235
1236#: src/using/selections.xml:164(phrase)
1237msgid "Creating a Free Selection"
1238msgstr ""
1239
1240#: src/using/selections.xml:168(phrase)
1241msgid "Using the Free Selection Tool"
1242msgstr ""
1243
1244#: src/using/selections.xml:175(para)
1245msgid "A rather rough selection"
1246msgstr ""
1247
1248#: src/using/selections.xml:183(para)
1249msgid "Adding new selected areas to an existing selection."
1250msgstr ""
1251
1252#: src/using/selections.xml:189(para)
1253msgid ""
1254"When using the lasso to select an object, some parts of the object and its "
1255"proximity may be incorrectly either selected or not selected. You can "
1256"correct these defects by pressing the <keycap>Shift</keycap> or "
1257"<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> keys while using the lasso. Here is how to do it: "
1258"While pressing <keycap>Shift</keycap>, draw the new border with the lasso "
1259"and close the selection, including a part of the first selection. As soon as "
1260"you release the mouse button, both selections are added together. You could "
1261"subtract the extra part of the first selection in a similar way by pressing "
1262"<keycap>Ctrl</keycap>."
1263msgstr ""
1264
1265#: src/using/selections.xml:202(para)
1266msgid ""
1267"To correct selection defects precisely, use the <link linkend=\"gimp-using-"
1268"quickmask\">Quick Mask</link>."
1269msgstr ""
1270
1271#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
1272#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
1273#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:138(None)
1274msgid ""
1275"@@image: 'images/using/script-fu-console.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
1276msgstr ""
1277
1278#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
1279#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
1280#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:876(None)
1281msgid "@@image: 'images/using/script-fu-menu.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
1282msgstr ""
1283
1284#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
1285#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
1286#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1537(None)
1287msgid ""
1288"@@image: 'images/using/script-fu-screen.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
1289msgstr ""
1290
1291#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:10(phrase)
1292msgid "A Script-Fu Tutorial"
1293msgstr ""
1294
1295#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:13(primary)
1296msgid "Script-Fu"
1297msgstr ""
1298
1299#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:14(secondary)
1300msgid "Tutorial"
1301msgstr ""
1302
1303#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:16(para)
1304msgid ""
1305"In this training course, we'll introduce you to the fundamentals of Scheme "
1306"necessary to use Script-Fu, and then build a handy script that you can add "
1307"to your toolbox of scripts. The script prompts the user for some text, then "
1308"creates a new image sized perfectly to the text. We will then enhance the "
1309"script to allow for a buffer of space around the text. We will conclude with "
1310"a few suggestions for ways to ramp up your knowledge of Script-Fu."
1311msgstr ""
1312
1313#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:26(para)
1314msgid ""
1315"This section as adapted from a tutorial written for the GIMP 1 User Manual "
1316"by Mike Terry."
1317msgstr ""
1318
1319#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:33(phrase)
1320msgid "Getting Acquainted With Scheme"
1321msgstr ""
1322
1323#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:37(phrase)
1324msgid "Let's Start Scheme'ing"
1325msgstr ""
1326
1327#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:39(para)
1328msgid "The first thing to learn is that:"
1329msgstr ""
1330
1331#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:41(emphasis)
1332msgid "Every statement in Scheme is surrounded by parentheses ()."
1333msgstr ""
1334
1335#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:45(para)
1336msgid "The second thing you need to know is that:"
1337msgstr ""
1338
1339#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:47(emphasis)
1340msgid ""
1341"The function name/operator is always the first item in the parentheses, and "
1342"the rest of the items are parameters to the function."
1343msgstr ""
1344
1345#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:53(para)
1346msgid ""
1347"However, not everything enclosed in parentheses is a function -- they can "
1348"also be items in a list -- but we'll get to that later. This notation is "
1349"referred to as prefix notation, because the function prefixes everything "
1350"else. If you're familiar with postfix notation, or own a calculator that "
1351"uses Reverse Polish Notation (such as most HP calculators), you should have "
1352"no problem adapting to formulating expressions in Scheme."
1353msgstr ""
1354
1355#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:62(para)
1356msgid "The third thing to understand is that:"
1357msgstr ""
1358
1359#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:64(emphasis)
1360msgid ""
1361"Mathematical operators are also considered functions, and thus are listed "
1362"first when writing mathematical expressions."
1363msgstr ""
1364
1365#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:69(para)
1366msgid "This follows logically from the prefix notation that we just mentioned."
1367msgstr ""
1368
1369#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:76(phrase)
1370msgid "Examples Of Prefix, Infix, And Postfix Notations"
1371msgstr ""
1372
1373#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:80(para)
1374msgid ""
1375"Here are some quick examples illustrating the differences between "
1376"<emphasis>prefix</emphasis>, <emphasis>infix</emphasis>, and "
1377"<emphasis>postfix</emphasis> notations. We'll add a 1 and 3 together:"
1378msgstr ""
1379
1380#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:87(para)
1381msgid "Prefix notation: + 1 3 (the way Scheme will want it)"
1382msgstr ""
1383
1384#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:92(para)
1385msgid "Infix notation: 1 + 3 (the way we \"normally\" write it)"
1386msgstr ""
1387
1388#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:97(para)
1389msgid "Postfix notation: 1 3 + (the way many HP calculators will want it)"
1390msgstr ""
1391
1392#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:105(phrase)
1393msgid "Practicing In Scheme"
1394msgstr ""
1395
1396#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:107(para)
1397msgid ""
1398"Now, let's practice what we have just learned. Start up GIMP, if you have "
1399"not already done so, and choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Xtns</"
1400"guimenu><guisubmenu>Script-Fu</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Console</"
1401"guimenuitem></menuchoice>. This will start up the Script-Fu Console window, "
1402"which allows us to work interactively in Scheme. In a matter of moments, the "
1403"Script-Fu Console will appear:"
1404msgstr ""
1405
1406#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:117(phrase)
1407msgid "The Script-Fu Console Window"
1408msgstr ""
1409
1410#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:119(para)
1411msgid ""
1412"At the bottom of this window is an entry-field entitled <guilabel>Current "
1413"Command</guilabel>. Here, we can test out simple Scheme commands "
1414"interactively. Let's start out easy, and add some numbers:"
1415msgstr ""
1416
1417#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:125(programlisting)
1418#, no-wrap
1419msgid "(+ 3 5)"
1420msgstr ""
1421
1422#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:126(para)
1423msgid ""
1424"Typing this in and hitting <keycap>Enter</keycap> yields the expected answer "
1425"of 8 in the center window."
1426msgstr ""
1427
1428#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:132(phrase)
1429msgid "Use Script-Fu Console."
1430msgstr ""
1431
1432#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:142(para)
1433msgid ""
1434"Now, what if we wanted to add more than one number? The <quote>+</quote> "
1435"function can take two or more arguments, so this is not a problem:"
1436msgstr ""
1437
1438#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:146(programlisting)
1439#, no-wrap
1440msgid "(+ 3 5 6)"
1441msgstr ""
1442
1443#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:147(para)
1444msgid "This also yields the expected answer of 14."
1445msgstr ""
1446
1447#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:148(para)
1448msgid ""
1449"So far, so good -- we type in a Scheme statement and it's executed "
1450"immediately in the Script-Fu Console window. Now for a word of caution...."
1451msgstr ""
1452
1453#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:156(phrase)
1454msgid "Watch Out For Extra Parentheses"
1455msgstr ""
1456
1457#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:158(para)
1458msgid ""
1459"If you're like me, you're used to being able to use extra parentheses "
1460"whenever you want to -- like when you're typing a complex mathematical "
1461"equation and you want to separate the parts by parentheses to make it "
1462"clearer when you read it. In Scheme, you have to be careful and not insert "
1463"these extra parentheses incorrectly. For example, say we wanted to add 3 to "
1464"the result of adding 5 and 6 together:"
1465msgstr ""
1466
1467#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:166(programlisting)
1468#, no-wrap
1469msgid "3 + (5 + 6) + 7 = ?"
1470msgstr ""
1471
1472#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:167(para)
1473msgid ""
1474"Knowing that the + operator can take a list of numbers to add, you might be "
1475"tempted to convert the above to the following:"
1476msgstr ""
1477
1478#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:171(programlisting)
1479#, no-wrap
1480msgid "(+ 3 (5 6) 7)"
1481msgstr ""
1482
1483#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:172(para)
1484msgid ""
1485"However, this is incorrect -- remember, every statement in Scheme starts and "
1486"ends with parens, so the Scheme interpreter will think that you're trying to "
1487"call a function named <quote>5</quote> in the second group of parens, rather "
1488"than summing those numbers before adding them to 3."
1489msgstr ""
1490
1491#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:179(para)
1492msgid "The correct way to write the above statement would be:"
1493msgstr ""
1494
1495#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:182(programlisting)
1496#, no-wrap
1497msgid "(+ 3 (+ 5 6) 7)"
1498msgstr ""
1499
1500#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:186(phrase)
1501msgid "Make Sure You Have The Proper Spacing, Too"
1502msgstr ""
1503
1504#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:188(para)
1505msgid ""
1506"If you are familiar with other programming languages, like C/C++, Perl or "
1507"Java, you know that you don't need white space around mathematical operators "
1508"to properly form an expression:"
1509msgstr ""
1510
1511#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:194(literal)
1512msgid "3+5, 3 +5, 3+ 5"
1513msgstr ""
1514
1515#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:196(para)
1516msgid ""
1517"These are all accepted by C/C++, Perl and Java compilers. However, the same "
1518"is not true for Scheme. You must have a space after a mathematical operator "
1519"(or any other function name or operator) in Scheme for it to be correctly "
1520"interpreted by the Scheme interpreter."
1521msgstr ""
1522
1523#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:202(para)
1524msgid ""
1525"Practice a bit with simple mathematical equations in the Script-Fu Console "
1526"until you're totally comfortable with these initial concepts."
1527msgstr ""
1528
1529#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:210(phrase)
1530msgid "Variables And Functions"
1531msgstr ""
1532
1533#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:212(para)
1534msgid ""
1535"Now that we know that every Scheme statement is enclosed in parentheses, and "
1536"that the function name/operator is listed first, we need to know how to "
1537"create and use variables, and how to create and use functions. We'll start "
1538"with the variables."
1539msgstr ""
1540
1541#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:220(phrase)
1542msgid "Declaring Variables"
1543msgstr ""
1544
1545#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:222(para)
1546msgid ""
1547"Although there are a couple of different methods for declaring variables, "
1548"the preferred method is to use the let* construct. If you're familiar with "
1549"other programming languages, this construct is equivalent to defining a list "
1550"of local variables and a scope in which they're active. As an example, to "
1551"declare two variables, a and b, initialized to 1 and 2, respectively, you'd "
1552"write:"
1553msgstr ""
1554
1555#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:230(programlisting)
1556#, no-wrap
1557msgid ""
1558"\n"
1559"        (let*\n"
1560"           (\n"
1561"              (a 1)\n"
1562"              (b 2)\n"
1563"           )\n"
1564"           (+ a b)\n"
1565"        )\n"
1566"      "
1567msgstr ""
1568
1569#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:239(para)
1570msgid "or, as one line:"
1571msgstr ""
1572
1573#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:240(programlisting)
1574#, no-wrap
1575msgid "(let* ( (a 1) (b 2) ) (+ a b) )"
1576msgstr ""
1577
1578#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:242(para)
1579msgid ""
1580"You'll have to put all of this on one line if you're using the console "
1581"window. In general, however, you'll want to adopt a similar practice of "
1582"indentation to help make your scripts more readable. We'll talk a bit more "
1583"about this in the section on White Space."
1584msgstr ""
1585
1586#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:249(para)
1587msgid ""
1588"This declares two local variables, a and b, initializes them, then prints "
1589"the sum of the two variables."
1590msgstr ""
1591
1592#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:256(phrase)
1593msgid "What Is A Local Variable?"
1594msgstr ""
1595
1596#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:258(para)
1597msgid ""
1598"You'll notice that we wrote the summation <code>(+ a b)</code> within the "
1599"parens of the <code>let*</code> expression, not after it."
1600msgstr ""
1601
1602#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:262(para)
1603msgid ""
1604"This is because the <code>let*</code> statement defines an area in your "
1605"script in which the declared variables are usable; if you type the (+ a b) "
1606"statement after the (let* ...) statement, you'll get an error, because the "
1607"declared variables are only valid within the context of the <code>let*</"
1608"code> statement; they are what programmers call local variables."
1609msgstr ""
1610
1611#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:273(phrase)
1612msgid "The General Syntax Of <code>let*</code>"
1613msgstr ""
1614
1615#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:275(para)
1616msgid "The general form of a <code>let*</code> statement is:"
1617msgstr ""
1618
1619#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:278(programlisting)
1620#, no-wrap
1621msgid ""
1622"\n"
1623"        (let* ( <replaceable>variables</replaceable> )\n"
1624"          <replaceable>expressions</replaceable> )\n"
1625"      "
1626msgstr ""
1627
1628#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:282(para)
1629msgid ""
1630"where variables are declared within parens, e.g., (a 2), and expressions are "
1631"any valid Scheme expressions. Remember that the variables declared here are "
1632"only valid within the <code>let*</code> statement -- they're local variables."
1633msgstr ""
1634
1635#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:291(phrase)
1636msgid "White Space"
1637msgstr ""
1638
1639#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:293(para)
1640msgid ""
1641"Previously, we mentioned the fact that you'll probably want to use "
1642"indentation to help clarify and organize your scripts. This is a good policy "
1643"to adopt, and is not a problem in Scheme -- white space is ignored by the "
1644"Scheme interpreter, and can thus be liberally applied to help clarify and "
1645"organize the code within a script. However, if you're working in Script-Fu's "
1646"Console window, you'll have to enter an entire expression on one line; that "
1647"is, everything between the opening and closing parens of an expression must "
1648"come on one line in the Script-Fu Console window."
1649msgstr ""
1650
1651#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:307(phrase)
1652msgid "Assigning A New Value To A Variable"
1653msgstr ""
1654
1655#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:309(para)
1656msgid ""
1657"Once you've initialized a variable, you might need to change its value later "
1658"on in the script. Use the set! statement to change the variable's value:"
1659msgstr ""
1660
1661#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:314(programlisting)
1662#, no-wrap
1663msgid ""
1664"\n"
1665"        (let* ( (theNum 10) ) (set! theNum (+ theNum theNum)) )\n"
1666"      "
1667msgstr ""
1668
1669#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:317(para)
1670msgid ""
1671"Try to guess what the above statement will do, then go ahead and enter it in "
1672"the Script-Fu Console window."
1673msgstr ""
1674
1675#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:322(para)
1676msgid ""
1677"The <quote>\\</quote> indicates that there is no line break. Ignore it "
1678"(don't type it in your Script-Fu console and don't hit Enter), just continue "
1679"with the next line."
1680msgstr ""
1681
1682#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:331(phrase)
1683msgid "Functions"
1684msgstr ""
1685
1686#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:333(para)
1687msgid ""
1688"Now that you've got the hang of variables, let's get to work with some "
1689"functions. You declare a function with the following syntax:"
1690msgstr ""
1691
1692#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:337(programlisting)
1693#, no-wrap
1694msgid ""
1695"\n"
1696"        (define\n"
1697"           (\n"
1698"              <replaceable>name</replaceable>\n"
1699"              <replaceable>param-list</replaceable>\n"
1700"           )\n"
1701"           <replaceable>expressions</replaceable>\n"
1702"        )\n"
1703"      "
1704msgstr ""
1705
1706#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:346(para)
1707msgid ""
1708"where <replaceable>name</replaceable> is the name assigned to this function, "
1709"<replaceable>param-list</replaceable> is a space-delimited list of parameter "
1710"names, and <replaceable>expressions</replaceable> is a series of expressions "
1711"that the function executes when it's called. For example:"
1712msgstr ""
1713
1714#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:353(programlisting)
1715#, no-wrap
1716msgid "(define (AddXY inX inY) (+ inX inY) )"
1717msgstr ""
1718
1719#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:354(para)
1720msgid ""
1721"<varname>AddXY</varname> is the function's name and <varname>inX</varname> "
1722"and <varname>inY</varname> are the variables. This function takes its two "
1723"parameters and adds them together."
1724msgstr ""
1725
1726#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:359(para)
1727msgid ""
1728"If you've programmed in other imperative languages (like C/C++, Java, "
1729"Pascal, etc.), you might notice that a couple of things are absent in this "
1730"function definition when compared to other programming languages."
1731msgstr ""
1732
1733#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:366(para)
1734msgid ""
1735"First, notice that the parameters don't have any \"types\" (that is, we "
1736"didn't declare them as strings, or integers, etc.). Scheme is a type-less "
1737"language. This is handy and allows for quicker script writing."
1738msgstr ""
1739
1740#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:374(para)
1741msgid ""
1742"Second, notice that we don't need to worry about how to \"return\" the "
1743"result of our function -- the last statement is the value \"returned\" when "
1744"calling this function. Type the function into the console, then try "
1745"something like:"
1746msgstr ""
1747
1748#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:380(programlisting)
1749#, no-wrap
1750msgid "(AddXY (AddXY 5 6) 4)"
1751msgstr ""
1752
1753#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:387(phrase)
1754msgid "Lists, Lists And More Lists"
1755msgstr ""
1756
1757#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:389(para)
1758msgid ""
1759"We've trained you in variables and functions, and now enter the murky swamps "
1760"of Scheme's lists."
1761msgstr ""
1762
1763#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:395(phrase)
1764msgid "Defining A List"
1765msgstr ""
1766
1767#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:397(para)
1768msgid ""
1769"Before we talk more about lists, it is necessary that you know the "
1770"difference between atomic values and lists."
1771msgstr ""
1772
1773#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:401(para)
1774msgid ""
1775"You've already seen atomic values when we initialized variables in the "
1776"previous lesson. An atomic value is a single value. So, for example, we can "
1777"assign the variable \"x\" the single value of 8 in the following statement:"
1778msgstr ""
1779
1780#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:407(programlisting)
1781#, no-wrap
1782msgid "(let* ( (x 8) ) x)"
1783msgstr ""
1784
1785#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:408(para)
1786msgid ""
1787"(We added the expression <varname>x</varname> at the end to print out the "
1788"value assigned to <varname>x</varname>-- normally you won't need to do this. "
1789"Notice how <code>let*</code> operates just like a function: The value of the "
1790"last statement is the value returned.)"
1791msgstr ""
1792
1793#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:414(para)
1794msgid ""
1795"A variable may also refer to a list of values, rather than a single value. "
1796"To assign the variable <varname>x</varname> the list of values 1, 3, 5, we'd "
1797"type:"
1798msgstr ""
1799
1800#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:419(programlisting)
1801#, no-wrap
1802msgid "(let* ( (x '(1 3 5))) x)"
1803msgstr ""
1804
1805#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:420(para)
1806msgid ""
1807"Try typing both statements into the Script-Fu Console and notice how it "
1808"replies. When you type the first statement in, it simply replies with the "
1809"result:"
1810msgstr ""
1811
1812#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:425(programlisting)
1813#, no-wrap
1814msgid "8"
1815msgstr ""
1816
1817#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:426(para)
1818msgid ""
1819"However, when you type in the other statement, it replies with the following "
1820"result:"
1821msgstr ""
1822
1823#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:430(programlisting)
1824#, no-wrap
1825msgid "(1 3 5)"
1826msgstr ""
1827
1828#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:431(para)
1829msgid ""
1830"When it replies with the value 8 it is informing you that <varname>x</"
1831"varname> contains the atomic value 8. However, when it replies with (1 3 5), "
1832"it is then informing you that <varname>x</varname> contains not a single "
1833"value, but a list of values. Notice that there are no commas in our "
1834"declaration or assignment of the list, nor in the printed result."
1835msgstr ""
1836
1837#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:439(para)
1838msgid "The syntax to define a list is:"
1839msgstr ""
1840
1841#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:440(programlisting)
1842#, no-wrap
1843msgid "'(a b c)"
1844msgstr ""
1845
1846#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:441(para)
1847msgid ""
1848"where <varname>a</varname>, <varname>b</varname>, and <varname>c</varname> "
1849"are literals. We use the apostrophe (') to indicate that what follows in the "
1850"parentheses is a list of literal values, rather than a function or "
1851"expression."
1852msgstr ""
1853
1854#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:447(para)
1855msgid "An empty list can be defined as such:"
1856msgstr ""
1857
1858#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:448(programlisting)
1859#, no-wrap
1860msgid "'()"
1861msgstr ""
1862
1863#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:449(para)
1864msgid "or simply:"
1865msgstr ""
1866
1867#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:450(programlisting)
1868#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:579(programlisting)
1869#, no-wrap
1870msgid "()"
1871msgstr ""
1872
1873#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:451(para)
1874msgid "Lists can contain atomic values, as well as other lists:"
1875msgstr ""
1876
1877#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:454(programlisting)
1878#, no-wrap
1879msgid ""
1880"\n"
1881"(let*\n"
1882"   (\n"
1883"        (x\n"
1884"           '(\"GIMP\" (1 2 3) (\"is\" (\"great\" () ) ) )\n"
1885"        )\n"
1886"    )\n"
1887"    x\n"
1888")\n"
1889"      "
1890msgstr ""
1891
1892#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:464(para)
1893msgid ""
1894"Notice that after the first apostrophe, you no longer need to use an "
1895"apostrophe when defining the inner lists. Go ahead and copy the statement "
1896"into the Script-Fu Console and see what it returns."
1897msgstr ""
1898
1899#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:469(para)
1900msgid ""
1901"You should notice that the result returned is not a list of single, atomic "
1902"values; rather, it is a list of a literal <code>(\"The GIMP\")</code>, the "
1903"list <code>(1 2 3)</code>, etc."
1904msgstr ""
1905
1906#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:477(phrase)
1907msgid "How To Think Of Lists"
1908msgstr ""
1909
1910#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:479(para)
1911msgid ""
1912"It's useful to think of lists as composed of a <quote>head</quote> and a "
1913"<quote>tail</quote>. The head is the first element of the list, the tail the "
1914"rest of the list. You'll see why this is important when we discuss how to "
1915"add to lists and how to access elements in the list."
1916msgstr ""
1917
1918#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:489(phrase)
1919msgid "Creating Lists Through Concatenation (The Cons Function)"
1920msgstr ""
1921
1922#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:493(para)
1923msgid ""
1924"One of the more common functions you'll encounter is the cons function. It "
1925"takes a value and places it to its second argument, a list. From the "
1926"previous section, I suggested that you think of a list as being composed of "
1927"an element (the head) and the remainder of the list (the tail). This is "
1928"exactly how cons functions -- it adds an element to the head of a list. "
1929"Thus, you could create a list as follows:"
1930msgstr ""
1931
1932#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:502(programlisting)
1933#, no-wrap
1934msgid "(cons 1 '(2 3 4) )"
1935msgstr ""
1936
1937#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:503(para)
1938msgid "The result is the list <code>(1 2 3 4)</code>."
1939msgstr ""
1940
1941#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:504(para)
1942msgid "You could also create a list with one element:"
1943msgstr ""
1944
1945#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:505(programlisting)
1946#, no-wrap
1947msgid "(cons 1 () )"
1948msgstr ""
1949
1950#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:506(para)
1951msgid ""
1952"You can use previously declared variables in place of any literals, as you "
1953"would expect."
1954msgstr ""
1955
1956#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:513(phrase)
1957msgid "Defining A List Using The <code>list</code> Function"
1958msgstr ""
1959
1960#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:517(para)
1961msgid ""
1962"To define a list composed of literals or previously declared variables, use "
1963"the list function:"
1964msgstr ""
1965
1966#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:521(programlisting)
1967#, no-wrap
1968msgid "(list 5 4 3 a b c)"
1969msgstr ""
1970
1971#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:522(para)
1972msgid ""
1973"This will compose and return a list containing the values held by the "
1974"variables <varname>a</varname>, <varname>b</varname> and <varname>c</"
1975"varname>. For example:"
1976msgstr ""
1977
1978#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:527(programlisting)
1979#, no-wrap
1980msgid ""
1981"\n"
1982"        (let*  (\n"
1983"                  (a 1)\n"
1984"                  (b 2)\n"
1985"                  (c 3)\n"
1986"               )\n"
1987"\n"
1988"               (list 5 4 3 a b c)\n"
1989"        )\n"
1990"      "
1991msgstr ""
1992
1993#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:537(para)
1994msgid "This code creates the list <code>(5 4 3 1 2 3)</code>."
1995msgstr ""
1996
1997#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:543(phrase)
1998msgid "Accessing Values In A List"
1999msgstr ""
2000
2001#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:545(para)
2002msgid ""
2003"To access the values in a list, use the functions <code>car</code> and "
2004"<code>cdr</code>, which return the first element of the list and the rest of "
2005"the list, respectively. These functions break the list down into the head::"
2006"tail construct I mentioned earlier."
2007msgstr ""
2008
2009#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:555(phrase)
2010msgid "The <code>car</code> Function"
2011msgstr ""
2012
2013#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:557(para)
2014msgid ""
2015"<code>car</code> returns the first element of the list (the head of the "
2016"list). The list needs to be non-null. Thus, the following returns the first "
2017"element of the list:"
2018msgstr ""
2019
2020#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:561(programlisting)
2021#, no-wrap
2022msgid "(car '(\"first\" 2 \"third\"))"
2023msgstr ""
2024
2025#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:562(para)
2026msgid "which is:"
2027msgstr ""
2028
2029#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:563(programlisting)
2030#, no-wrap
2031msgid "\"first\""
2032msgstr ""
2033
2034#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:567(phrase)
2035msgid "The <code>cdr</code> function"
2036msgstr ""
2037
2038#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:569(para)
2039msgid ""
2040"<code>cdr</code> returns the rest of the list after the first element (the "
2041"tail of the list). If there is only one element in the list, it returns an "
2042"empty list."
2043msgstr ""
2044
2045#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:573(programlisting)
2046#, no-wrap
2047msgid "(cdr '(\"first\" 2 \"third\"))"
2048msgstr ""
2049
2050#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:574(para)
2051#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:578(para)
2052msgid "returns:"
2053msgstr ""
2054
2055#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:575(programlisting)
2056#, no-wrap
2057msgid "(2 \"third\")"
2058msgstr ""
2059
2060#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:576(para)
2061msgid "whereas the following:"
2062msgstr ""
2063
2064#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:577(programlisting)
2065#, no-wrap
2066msgid "(cdr '(\"one and only\"))"
2067msgstr ""
2068
2069#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:583(phrase)
2070msgid "Accessing Other Elements In A List"
2071msgstr ""
2072
2073#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:585(para)
2074msgid ""
2075"OK, great, we can get the first element in a list, as well as the rest of "
2076"the list, but how do we access the second, third or other elements of a "
2077"list? There exist several \"convenience\" functions to access, for example, "
2078"the head of the head of the tail of a list (<code>caadr</code>), the tail of "
2079"the tail of a list (<code>cddr</code>), etc."
2080msgstr ""
2081
2082#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:593(para)
2083msgid ""
2084"The basic naming convention is easy: The a's and d's represent the heads and "
2085"tails of lists, so"
2086msgstr ""
2087
2088#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:597(programlisting)
2089#, no-wrap
2090msgid "(car (cdr (car x) ) )"
2091msgstr ""
2092
2093#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:598(para)
2094msgid "could be written as:"
2095msgstr ""
2096
2097#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:599(programlisting)
2098#, no-wrap
2099msgid "(cadar x)"
2100msgstr ""
2101
2102#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:600(para)
2103msgid ""
2104"To get some practice with list-accessing functions, try typing in the "
2105"following (except all on one line if you're using the console); use "
2106"different variations of car and cdr to access the different elements of the "
2107"list:"
2108msgstr ""
2109
2110#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:606(programlisting)
2111#, no-wrap
2112msgid ""
2113"\n"
2114"        (let* (\n"
2115"                 (x  '( (1 2 (3 4 5) 6)  7  8  (9 10) )\n"
2116"                 )\n"
2117"              )\n"
2118"              ; place your car/cdr code here\n"
2119"        )\n"
2120"      "
2121msgstr ""
2122
2123#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:614(para)
2124msgid ""
2125"Try accessing the number 3 in the list using only two function calls. If you "
2126"can do that, you're on your way to becoming a Script-Fu Master!"
2127msgstr ""
2128
2129#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:620(para)
2130msgid ""
2131"In Scheme, a semicolon (\";\") marks a comment. It, and anything that "
2132"follows it on the same line, are ignored by the script interpreter, so you "
2133"can use this to add comments to jog your memory when you look at the script "
2134"later."
2135msgstr ""
2136
2137#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:631(phrase)
2138msgid "Your First Script-Fu Script"
2139msgstr ""
2140
2141#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:633(para)
2142msgid ""
2143"Do you not need to stop and catch your breath? No? Well then, let's proceed "
2144"with your fourth lesson -- your first Script-Fu Script."
2145msgstr ""
2146
2147#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:640(phrase)
2148msgid "Creating A Text Box Script"
2149msgstr ""
2150
2151#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:642(para)
2152msgid ""
2153"One of the most common operations I perform in GIMP is creating a box with "
2154"some text in it for a web page, a logo or whatever. However, you never quite "
2155"know how big to make the initial image when you start out. You don't know "
2156"how much space the text will fill with the font and font size you want."
2157msgstr ""
2158
2159#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:650(para)
2160msgid ""
2161"The Script-Fu Master (and student) will quickly realize that this problem "
2162"can easily be solved and automated with Script-Fu."
2163msgstr ""
2164
2165#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:655(para)
2166msgid ""
2167"We will, therefore, create a script, called Text Box, which creates an image "
2168"correctly sized to fit snugly around a line of text the user inputs. We'll "
2169"also let the user choose the font, font size and text color."
2170msgstr ""
2171
2172#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:664(phrase)
2173msgid "Editing And Storing Your Scripts"
2174msgstr ""
2175
2176#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:666(para)
2177msgid ""
2178"Up until now, we've been working in the Script-Fu Console. Now, however, "
2179"we're going to switch to editing script text files."
2180msgstr ""
2181
2182#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:670(para)
2183msgid ""
2184"Where you place your scripts is a matter of preference -- if you have access "
2185"to GIMP's default script directory, you can place your scripts there. "
2186"However, I prefer keeping my personal scripts in my own script directory, to "
2187"keep them separate from the factory-installed scripts."
2188msgstr ""
2189
2190#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:676(para)
2191msgid ""
2192"In the <filename>.gimp-2.4</filename> directory that GIMP made off of your "
2193"home directory, you should find a directory called <filename>scripts</"
2194"filename>. GIMP will automatically look in your <filename>.gimp-2.4</"
2195"filename> directory for a scripts directory, and add the scripts in this "
2196"directory to the Script-Fu database. You should place your personal scripts "
2197"here."
2198msgstr ""
2199
2200#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:688(phrase)
2201msgid "The Bare Essentials"
2202msgstr ""
2203
2204#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:690(para)
2205msgid ""
2206"Every Script-Fu script defines at least one function, which is the script's "
2207"main function. This is where you do the work."
2208msgstr ""
2209
2210#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:694(para)
2211msgid ""
2212"Every script must also register with the procedural database, so you can "
2213"access it within GIMP."
2214msgstr ""
2215
2216#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:698(para)
2217msgid "We'll define the main function first:"
2218msgstr ""
2219
2220#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:699(programlisting)
2221#, no-wrap
2222msgid ""
2223"\n"
2224"        (define (script-fu-text-box inText inFont inFontSize inTextColor))\n"
2225"      "
2226msgstr ""
2227
2228#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:702(para)
2229msgid ""
2230"Here, we've defined a new function called script-fu-text-box that takes four "
2231"parameters, which will later correspond to some text, a font, the font size, "
2232"and the text's color. The function is currently empty and thus does nothing. "
2233"So far, so good -- nothing new, nothing fancy."
2234msgstr ""
2235
2236#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:712(phrase)
2237msgid "Naming Conventions"
2238msgstr ""
2239
2240#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:714(para)
2241msgid ""
2242"Scheme's naming conventions seem to prefer lowercase letters with hyphens, "
2243"which I've followed in the naming of the function. However, I've departed "
2244"from the convention with the parameters. I like more descriptive names for "
2245"my parameters and variables, and thus add the \"in\" prefix to the "
2246"parameters so I can quickly see that they're values passed into the script, "
2247"rather than created within it. I use the prefix \"the\" for variables "
2248"defined within the script."
2249msgstr ""
2250
2251#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:723(para)
2252msgid ""
2253"It's GIMP convention to name your script functions script-fu-abc, because "
2254"then when they're listed in the procedural database, they'll all show up "
2255"under script-fu when you're listing the functions. This also helps "
2256"distinguish them from plug-ins."
2257msgstr ""
2258
2259#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:732(phrase)
2260msgid "Registering The Function"
2261msgstr ""
2262
2263#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:734(para)
2264msgid ""
2265"Now, let's register the function with GIMP. This is done by calling the "
2266"function <code>script-fu-register</code>. When GIMP reads in a script, it "
2267"will execute this function, which registers the script with the procedural "
2268"database. You can place this function call wherever you wish in your script, "
2269"but I usually place it at the end, after all my other code."
2270msgstr ""
2271
2272#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:743(para)
2273msgid ""
2274"Here's the listing for registering this function (I will explain all its "
2275"parameters in a minute):"
2276msgstr ""
2277
2278#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:766(para)
2279msgid ""
2280"If you save these functions in a text file with a <filename>.scm</filename> "
2281"suffix in your script directory, then choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Xtns</"
2282"guimenu><guisubmenu>Script-Fu</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Refresh Scripts</"
2283"guimenuitem></menuchoice>, this new script will appear as "
2284"<menuchoice><guimenu> Xtns</guimenu><guisubmenu>Script-Fu</"
2285"guisubmenu><guisubmenu>Text</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Text Box</guimenuitem></"
2286"menuchoice>."
2287msgstr ""
2288
2289#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:774(para)
2290msgid ""
2291"If you invoke this new script, it won't do anything, of course, but you can "
2292"view the prompts you created when registering the script (more information "
2293"about what we did is covered next)."
2294msgstr ""
2295
2296#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:779(para)
2297msgid ""
2298"Finally, if you invoke the Procedure Browser ( <menuchoice><guimenu> Xtns</"
2299"guimenu><guimenuitem>Procedure Browser</guimenuitem></menuchoice>), you'll "
2300"notice that our script now appears in the database."
2301msgstr ""
2302
2303#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:788(phrase)
2304msgid "Steps For Registering The Script"
2305msgstr ""
2306
2307#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:790(para)
2308msgid ""
2309"To register our script with GIMP, we call the function script-fu-register, "
2310"fill in the seven required parameters and add our script's own parameters, "
2311"along with a description and default value for each parameter."
2312msgstr ""
2313
2314#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:798(phrase)
2315msgid "The Required Parameters"
2316msgstr ""
2317
2318#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:801(para)
2319msgid ""
2320"The <emphasis>name</emphasis> of the function we defined. This is the "
2321"function called when our script is invoked (the entry-point into our "
2322"script). This is necessary because we may define additional functions within "
2323"the same file, and GIMP needs to know which of these functions to call. In "
2324"our example, we only defined one function, text-box, which we registered."
2325msgstr ""
2326
2327#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:811(para)
2328msgid ""
2329"The <emphasis>location</emphasis> in the menu where the script will be "
2330"inserted. The exact location of the script is specified like a path in Unix, "
2331"with the root of the path being either toolbox or right-click."
2332msgstr ""
2333
2334#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:817(para)
2335msgid ""
2336"If your script does not operate on an existing image (and thus creates a new "
2337"image, like our Text Box script will), you'll want to insert it in the "
2338"toolbox menu -- this is the menu in GIMP's main window (where all the tools "
2339"are located: the selection tools, magnifying glass, etc.)."
2340msgstr ""
2341
2342#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:824(para)
2343msgid ""
2344"If your script is intended to work on an image being edited, you'll want to "
2345"insert it in the menu that appears when you right-click on an open image. "
2346"The rest of the path points to the menu lists, menus and sub-menus. Thus, we "
2347"registered our Text Box script in the Text menu of the Script-Fu menu of the "
2348"Xtns menu of the toolbox ( <menuchoice><guimenu> Xtns</"
2349"guimenu><guisubmenu>Script-Fu</guisubmenu><guisubmenu>Text</"
2350"guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Text Box</guimenuitem></menuchoice> )."
2351msgstr ""
2352
2353#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:833(para)
2354msgid ""
2355"If you notice, the Text sub-menu in the Script-Fu menu wasn't there when we "
2356"began -- GIMP automatically creates any menus not already existing."
2357msgstr ""
2358
2359#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:840(para)
2360msgid ""
2361"A <emphasis>description</emphasis> of your script, to be displayed in the "
2362"Procedure Browser."
2363msgstr ""
2364
2365#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:846(para)
2366msgid "<emphasis>Your name</emphasis> (the author of the script)."
2367msgstr ""
2368
2369#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:851(para)
2370msgid "<emphasis>Copyright</emphasis> information."
2371msgstr ""
2372
2373#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:855(para)
2374msgid ""
2375"The <emphasis>date</emphasis> the script was made, or the last revision of "
2376"the script."
2377msgstr ""
2378
2379#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:861(para)
2380msgid ""
2381"The <emphasis>types</emphasis> of images the script works on. This may be "
2382"any of the following: RGB, RGBA, GRAY, GRAYA, INDEXED, INDEXEDA. Or it may "
2383"be none at all -- in our case, we're creating an image, and thus don't need "
2384"to define the type of image on which we work."
2385msgstr ""
2386
2387#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:872(phrase)
2388msgid "The menu of our script."
2389msgstr ""
2390
2391#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:883(phrase)
2392msgid "Registering The Script's Parameters"
2393msgstr ""
2394
2395#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:885(para)
2396msgid ""
2397"Once we have listed the required parameters, we then need to list the "
2398"parameters that correspond to the parameters our script needs. When we list "
2399"these params, we give hints as to what their types are. This is for the "
2400"dialog which pops up when the user selects our script. We also provide a "
2401"default value."
2402msgstr ""
2403
2404#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:892(para)
2405msgid "This section of the registration process has the following format:"
2406msgstr ""
2407
2408#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:900(para)
2409#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:30(para)
2410msgid "Param Type"
2411msgstr ""
2412
2413#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:903(para)
2414#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:33(para)
2415#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:67(term)
2416msgid "Description"
2417msgstr ""
2418
2419#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:906(para)
2420msgid "Example"
2421msgstr ""
2422
2423#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:913(para)
2424msgid "SF-IMAGE"
2425msgstr ""
2426
2427#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:916(para)
2428msgid ""
2429"If your script operates on an open image, this should be the first parameter "
2430"after the required parameters. GIMP will pass in a reference to the image in "
2431"this parameter."
2432msgstr ""
2433
2434#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:923(para)
2435msgid "3"
2436msgstr ""
2437
2438#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:928(para)
2439msgid "SF-DRAWABLE"
2440msgstr ""
2441
2442#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:931(para)
2443msgid ""
2444"If your script operates on an open image, this should be the second "
2445"parameter after the SF-IMAGE param. It refers to the active layer. GIMP will "
2446"pass in a reference to the active layer in this parameter."
2447msgstr ""
2448
2449#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:939(para)
2450msgid "17"
2451msgstr ""
2452
2453#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:944(para)
2454msgid "SF-VALUE"
2455msgstr ""
2456
2457#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:947(para)
2458msgid ""
2459"Accepts numbers and strings. Note that quotes must be escaped for default "
2460"text, so better use SF-STRING."
2461msgstr ""
2462
2463#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:953(para)
2464msgid "42"
2465msgstr ""
2466
2467#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:958(para)
2468msgid "SF-STRING"
2469msgstr ""
2470
2471#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:961(para)
2472msgid "Accepts strings."
2473msgstr ""
2474
2475#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:964(para)
2476msgid "\"Some text\""
2477msgstr ""
2478
2479#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:969(para)
2480#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:70(para)
2481msgid "SF-COLOR"
2482msgstr ""
2483
2484#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:972(para)
2485msgid "Indicates that a color is requested in this parameter."
2486msgstr ""
2487
2488#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:977(para)
2489msgid "'(0 102 255)"
2490msgstr ""
2491
2492#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:982(para)
2493msgid "SF-TOGGLE"
2494msgstr ""
2495
2496#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:985(para)
2497msgid "A checkbox is displayed, to get a Boolean value."
2498msgstr ""
2499
2500#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:990(para)
2501msgid "TRUE or FALSE"
2502msgstr ""
2503
2504#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1001(phrase)
2505msgid "Giving Our Script Some Guts"
2506msgstr ""
2507
2508#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1003(para)
2509msgid ""
2510"Let us continue with our training and add some functionality to our script."
2511msgstr ""
2512
2513#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1009(phrase)
2514msgid "Creating A New Image"
2515msgstr ""
2516
2517#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1011(para)
2518msgid ""
2519"In the previous lesson, we created an empty function and registered it with "
2520"GIMP. In this lesson, we want to provide functionality to our script -- we "
2521"want to create a new image, add the user's text to it and resize the image "
2522"to fit the text exactly."
2523msgstr ""
2524
2525#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1017(para)
2526msgid ""
2527"Once you know how to set variables, define functions and access list "
2528"members, the rest is all downhill -- all you need to do is familiarize "
2529"yourself with the functions available in GIMP's procedural database and call "
2530"those functions directly. So fire up the DB Browser and let's get cookin'!"
2531msgstr ""
2532
2533#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1024(para)
2534msgid ""
2535"Let's begin by making a new image. We'll create a new variable, "
2536"<varname>theImage</varname>, set to the result of calling GIMP's built-in "
2537"function <code>gimp-image-new</code>."
2538msgstr ""
2539
2540#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1029(para)
2541msgid ""
2542"As you can see from the DB Browser, the function <code>gimp-image-new</code> "
2543"takes three parameters -- the image's width, height and the type of image. "
2544"Because we'll later resize the image to fit the text, we'll make a 10x10 RGB "
2545"image. We'll store the image's width and sizes in some variables, too, as "
2546"we'll refer to and manipulate them later in the script."
2547msgstr ""
2548
2549#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1038(programlisting)
2550#, no-wrap
2551msgid ""
2552"\n"
2553"        (define (script-fu-text-box inText inFont inFontSize inTextColor)\n"
2554"        (let*\n"
2555"              (\n"
2556"                 ; define our local variables\n"
2557"                 ; create a new image:\n"
2558"                 (theImageWidth  10)\n"
2559"                 (theImageHeight 10)\n"
2560"                 (theImage (car\n"
2561"                                (gimp-image-new\n"
2562"                                 theImageWidth\n"
2563"                                 theImageHeight\n"
2564"                                 RGB\n"
2565"                                )\n"
2566"                           )\n"
2567"                 )\n"
2568"                 (theText)     ;a declaration for the text\n"
2569"                               ;we create later\n"
2570"      "
2571msgstr ""
2572
2573#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1057(para)
2574msgid ""
2575"Note: We used the value RGB to specify that the image is an RGB image. We "
2576"could have also used 0, but RGB is more descriptive when we glance at the "
2577"code."
2578msgstr ""
2579
2580#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1062(para)
2581msgid ""
2582"You should also notice that we took the head of the result of the function "
2583"call. This may seem strange, because the database explicitly tells us that "
2584"it returns only one value -- the ID of the newly created image. However, all "
2585"GIMP functions return a list, even if there is only one element in the list, "
2586"so we need to get the head of the list."
2587msgstr ""
2588
2589#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1072(phrase)
2590msgid "Adding A New Layer To The Image"
2591msgstr ""
2592
2593#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1074(para)
2594msgid ""
2595"Now that we have an image, we need to add a layer to it. We'll call the "
2596"<code>gimp-layer-new</code> function to create the layer, passing in the ID "
2597"of the image we just created. (From now on, instead of listing the complete "
2598"function, we'll only list the lines we're adding to it. You can see the "
2599"complete script <link linkend=\"gimp-using-script-fu-tutorial-result\">here</"
2600"link>.) Because we've declared all of the local variables we'll use, we'll "
2601"also close the parentheses marking the end of our variable declarations:"
2602msgstr ""
2603
2604#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1086(programlisting)
2605#, no-wrap
2606msgid ""
2607"\n"
2608"        ;create a new layer for the image:\n"
2609"           (theLayer\n"
2610"                     (car\n"
2611"                          (gimp-layer-new\n"
2612"                           theImage\n"
2613"                           theImageWidth\n"
2614"                           theImageHeight\n"
2615"                           RGB-IMAGE\n"
2616"                           \"layer 1\"\n"
2617"                           100\n"
2618"                           NORMAL\n"
2619"                          )\n"
2620"                      )\n"
2621"            )\n"
2622"         ) ;end of our local variables\n"
2623"      "
2624msgstr ""
2625
2626#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1103(para)
2627msgid "Once we have the new layer, we need to add it to the image:"
2628msgstr ""
2629
2630#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1106(programlisting)
2631#, no-wrap
2632msgid ""
2633"\n"
2634"        (gimp-image-add-layer theImage theLayer 0)\n"
2635"      "
2636msgstr ""
2637
2638#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1109(para)
2639msgid ""
2640"Now, just for fun, let's see the fruits of our labors up until this point, "
2641"and add this line to show the new, empty image:"
2642msgstr ""
2643
2644#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1113(programlisting)
2645#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1197(programlisting)
2646#, no-wrap
2647msgid ""
2648"\n"
2649"        (gimp-display-new theImage)\n"
2650"      "
2651msgstr ""
2652
2653#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1116(para)
2654msgid ""
2655"Save your work, select <menuchoice><guimenu>Xtns</guimenu><guisubmenu>Script-"
2656"Fu</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Refresh Scripts</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, run "
2657"the script and a new image should pop up. It will probably contain garbage "
2658"(random colors), because we haven't erased it. We'll get to that in a second."
2659msgstr ""
2660
2661#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1126(phrase)
2662msgid "Adding The Text"
2663msgstr ""
2664
2665#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1128(para)
2666msgid ""
2667"Go ahead and remove the line to display the image (or comment it out with "
2668"a ; as the first character of the line)."
2669msgstr ""
2670
2671#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1132(para)
2672msgid ""
2673"Before we add text to the image, we need to set the background and "
2674"foreground colors so that the text appears in the color the user specified. "
2675"We'll use the gimp-context-set-back/foreground functions:"
2676msgstr ""
2677
2678#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1138(programlisting)
2679#, no-wrap
2680msgid ""
2681"\n"
2682"        (gimp-context-set-background '(255 255 255) )\n"
2683"        (gimp-context-set-foreground inTextColor)\n"
2684"      "
2685msgstr ""
2686
2687#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1142(para)
2688msgid ""
2689"With the colors properly set, let's now clean out the garbage currently in "
2690"the image by filling the drawable with the background color:"
2691msgstr ""
2692
2693#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1147(programlisting)
2694#, no-wrap
2695msgid ""
2696"\n"
2697"        (gimp-drawable-fill theLayer BACKGROUND-FILL)\n"
2698"      "
2699msgstr ""
2700
2701#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1150(para)
2702msgid "With the image cleared, we're ready to add some text:"
2703msgstr ""
2704
2705#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1153(programlisting)
2706#, no-wrap
2707msgid ""
2708"\n"
2709"        (set! theText\n"
2710"                      (car\n"
2711"                           (gimp-text-fontname\n"
2712"                            theImage theLayer\n"
2713"                            0 0\n"
2714"                            inText\n"
2715"                            0\n"
2716"                            TRUE\n"
2717"                            inFontSize PIXELS\n"
2718"                            \"Sans\")\n"
2719"                       )\n"
2720"        )\n"
2721"      "
2722msgstr ""
2723
2724#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1167(para)
2725msgid ""
2726"Although a long function call, it's fairly straightforward if you go over "
2727"the parameters while looking at the function's entry in the DB Browser. "
2728"Basically, we're creating a new text layer and assigning it to the variable "
2729"<varname>theText</varname>."
2730msgstr ""
2731
2732#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1174(para)
2733msgid ""
2734"Now that we have the text, we can grab its width and height and resize the "
2735"image and the image's layer to the text's size:"
2736msgstr ""
2737
2738#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1178(programlisting)
2739#, no-wrap
2740msgid ""
2741"\n"
2742"        (set! theImageWidth   (car (gimp-drawable-width  theText) ) )\n"
2743"        (set! theImageHeight  (car (gimp-drawable-height theText) ) )\n"
2744"\n"
2745"        (gimp-image-resize theImage theImageWidth theImageHeight 0 0)\n"
2746"\n"
2747"        (gimp-layer-resize theLayer theImageWidth theImageHeight 0 0)\n"
2748"      "
2749msgstr ""
2750
2751#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1186(para)
2752msgid ""
2753"If you're like me, you're probably wondering what a drawable is when "
2754"compared to a layer. The difference between the two is that a drawable is "
2755"anything that can be drawn into, including layers but also channels, layer "
2756"masks, the selection, etc; a layer is a more specific version of a drawable. "
2757"In most cases, the distinction is not important."
2758msgstr ""
2759
2760#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1194(para)
2761msgid "With the image ready to go, we can now re-add our display line:"
2762msgstr ""
2763
2764#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1200(para)
2765msgid "Save your work, refresh the database and give your first script a run!"
2766msgstr ""
2767
2768#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1206(phrase)
2769msgid "Clearing The Dirty Flag"
2770msgstr ""
2771
2772#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1208(para)
2773msgid ""
2774"If you try to close the image created without first saving the file, GIMP "
2775"will ask you if you want to save your work before you close the image. It "
2776"asks this because the image is marked as dirty, or unsaved. In the case of "
2777"our script, this is a nuisance for the times when we simply give it a test "
2778"run and don't add or change anything in the resulting image -- that is, our "
2779"work is easily reproducible in such a simple script, so it makes sense to "
2780"get rid of this dirty flag."
2781msgstr ""
2782
2783#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1217(para)
2784msgid "To do this, we can clear the dirty flag after displaying the image:"
2785msgstr ""
2786
2787#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1220(programlisting)
2788#, no-wrap
2789msgid ""
2790"\n"
2791"        (gimp-image-clean-all theImage)\n"
2792"      "
2793msgstr ""
2794
2795#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1223(para)
2796msgid ""
2797"This will set dirty count to 0, making it appear to be a \"clean\" image."
2798msgstr ""
2799
2800#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1227(para)
2801msgid ""
2802"Whether to add this line or not is a matter of personal taste. I use it in "
2803"scripts that produce new images, where the results are trivial, as in this "
2804"case. If your script is very complicated, or if it works on an existing "
2805"image, you will probably not want to use this function."
2806msgstr ""
2807
2808#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1237(phrase)
2809msgid "Extending The Text Box Script"
2810msgstr ""
2811
2812#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1241(phrase)
2813msgid "Handling Undo Correctly"
2814msgstr ""
2815
2816#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1243(para)
2817msgid ""
2818"When creating a script, you want to give your users the ability to undo "
2819"their actions, should they make a mistake. This is easily accomplished by "
2820"calling the functions <code>gimp-undo-push-group-start</code> and <code>gimp-"
2821"undo-push-group-end</code> around the code that manipulates the image. You "
2822"can think of them as matched statements that let GIMP know when to start and "
2823"stop recording manipulations on the image, so that those manipulations can "
2824"later be undone."
2825msgstr ""
2826
2827#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1254(para)
2828msgid ""
2829"If you are creating a new image entirely, it doesn't make sense to use these "
2830"functions because you're not changing an existing image. However, when you "
2831"are changing an existing image, you most surely want to use these functions."
2832msgstr ""
2833
2834#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1260(para)
2835msgid "Undoing a script works nearly flawlessly when using these functions."
2836msgstr ""
2837
2838#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1266(phrase)
2839msgid "Extending The Script A Little More"
2840msgstr ""
2841
2842#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1268(para)
2843msgid ""
2844"Now that we have a very handy-dandy script to create text boxes, let's add "
2845"two features to it:"
2846msgstr ""
2847
2848#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1274(para)
2849msgid ""
2850"Currently, the image is resized to fit exactly around the text -- there's no "
2851"room for anything, like drop shadows or special effects (even though many "
2852"scripts will automatically resize the image as necessary). Let's add a "
2853"buffer around the text, and even let the user specify how much buffer to add "
2854"as a percentage of the size of the resultant text."
2855msgstr ""
2856
2857#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1284(para)
2858msgid ""
2859"This script could easily be used in other scripts that work with text. Let's "
2860"extend it so that it returns the image and the layers, so other scripts can "
2861"call this script and use the image and layers we create."
2862msgstr ""
2863
2864#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1295(phrase)
2865msgid "Modifying The Parameters And The Registration Function"
2866msgstr ""
2867
2868#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1299(para)
2869msgid ""
2870"To let the user specify the amount of buffer, we'll add a parameter to our "
2871"function and the registration function:"
2872msgstr ""
2873
2874#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1303(programlisting)
2875#, no-wrap
2876msgid ""
2877"\n"
2878"        (define (script-fu-text-box inTest inFont inFontSize inTextColor inBufferAmount)\n"
2879"        (let*\n"
2880"              (\n"
2881"                 ; define our local variables\n"
2882"                 ; create a new image:\n"
2883"                 (theImageWidth  10)\n"
2884"                 (theImageHeight 10)\n"
2885"                 (theImage (car\n"
2886"                                (gimp-image-new\n"
2887"                                 theImageWidth\n"
2888"                                 theImageHeight\n"
2889"                                 RGB\n"
2890"                                )\n"
2891"                           )\n"
2892"                 )\n"
2893"                 (theText)          ;a declaration for the text\n"
2894"                                    ;we create later\n"
2895"\n"
2896"                 (theBuffer)        ;<emphasis>added</emphasis>\n"
2897"\n"
2898"                 (theLayer\n"
2899"                           (car\n"
2900"                               (gimp-layer-new\n"
2901"                                theImage\n"
2902"                                theImageWidth\n"
2903"                                theImageHeight\n"
2904"                                RGB-IMAGE\n"
2905"                                \"layer 1\"\n"
2906"                                100\n"
2907"                                NORMAL\n"
2908"                               )\n"
2909"                           )\n"
2910"                 )\n"
2911"              ) ;end of our local variables\n"
2912"\n"
2913"         <replaceable>[Code here]</replaceable>\n"
2914"       )\n"
2915"      "
2916msgstr ""
2917
2918#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1366(phrase)
2919msgid "Adding The New Code"
2920msgstr ""
2921
2922#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1368(para)
2923msgid ""
2924"We're going to add code in two places: right before we resize the image, and "
2925"at the end of the script (to return the new image, the layer and the text)."
2926msgstr ""
2927
2928#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1373(para)
2929msgid ""
2930"After we get the text's height and width, we need to resize these values "
2931"based on the buffer amount specified by the user. We won't do any error "
2932"checking to make sure it's in the range of 0-100% because it's not life-"
2933"threatening, and because there's no reason why the user can't enter a value "
2934"like \"200\" as the percent of buffer to add."
2935msgstr ""
2936
2937#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1381(programlisting)
2938#, no-wrap
2939msgid ""
2940"\n"
2941"        (set! theBuffer (* theImageHeight (/ inBufferAmount 100) ) )\n"
2942"\n"
2943"        (set! theImageHeight (+ theImageHeight theBuffer theBuffer) )\n"
2944"        (set! theImageWidth  (+ theImageWidth  theBuffer theBuffer) )\n"
2945"      "
2946msgstr ""
2947
2948#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1387(para)
2949msgid ""
2950"All we're doing here is setting the buffer based on the height of the text, "
2951"and adding it twice to both the height and width of our new image. (We add "
2952"it twice to both dimensions because the buffer needs to be added to both "
2953"sides of the text.)"
2954msgstr ""
2955
2956#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1393(para)
2957msgid ""
2958"Now that we have resized the image to allow for a buffer, we need to center "
2959"the text within the image. This is done by moving it to the (x, y) "
2960"coordinates of (<varname>theBuffer</varname>, <varname>theBuffer</varname>). "
2961"I added this line after resizing the layer and the image:"
2962msgstr ""
2963
2964#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1400(programlisting)
2965#, no-wrap
2966msgid ""
2967"\n"
2968"        (gimp-layer-set-offsets theText theBuffer theBuffer)\n"
2969"      "
2970msgstr ""
2971
2972#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1403(para)
2973msgid ""
2974"Go ahead and save your script, and try it out after refreshing the database."
2975msgstr ""
2976
2977#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1407(para)
2978msgid ""
2979"All that is left to do is return our image, the layer, and the text layer. "
2980"After displaying the image, we add this line:"
2981msgstr ""
2982
2983#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1411(programlisting)
2984#, no-wrap
2985msgid ""
2986"\n"
2987"        (list theImage theLayer theText)\n"
2988"      "
2989msgstr ""
2990
2991#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1414(para)
2992msgid ""
2993"This is the last line of the function, making this list available to other "
2994"scripts that want to use it."
2995msgstr ""
2996
2997#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1418(para)
2998msgid ""
2999"To use our new text box script in another script, we could write something "
3000"like the following:"
3001msgstr ""
3002
3003#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1422(programlisting)
3004#, no-wrap
3005msgid ""
3006"\n"
3007"        (set! theResult (script-fu-text-box\n"
3008"                         \"Some text\"\n"
3009"                         \"Charter\" \"30\"\n"
3010"                         '(0 0 0)\n"
3011"                         \"35\"\n"
3012"                        )\n"
3013"        )\n"
3014"        (gimp-image-flatten (car theResult))\n"
3015"      "
3016msgstr ""
3017
3018#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1432(para)
3019msgid "Congratulations, you are on your way to your Black Belt of Script-Fu!"
3020msgstr ""
3021
3022#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1439(phrase)
3023msgid "Your script and its working"
3024msgstr ""
3025
3026#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1443(phrase)
3027msgid "What you write"
3028msgstr ""
3029
3030#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1445(para)
3031msgid "Below the complete script:"
3032msgstr ""
3033
3034#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1530(title)
3035msgid "What you obtain"
3036msgstr ""
3037
3038#: src/using/script-fu-tutorial.xml:1533(phrase)
3039msgid "And the result on the screen."
3040msgstr ""
3041
3042#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:10(para)
3043msgid "This section is not part of the original tutorial."
3044msgstr ""
3045
3046#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:9(phrase)
3047msgid "The Script-Fu parameter API<placeholder-1/>"
3048msgstr ""
3049
3050#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:16(para)
3051msgid ""
3052"Beside the above parameter types there are more types for the interactive "
3053"mode, each of them will create a widget in the control dialog. You will find "
3054"the description of these parameters and examples in the test script "
3055"<filename>plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/test-sphere.scm</filename> shipped with "
3056"the <acronym>GIMP</acronym> source code."
3057msgstr ""
3058
3059#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:40(para)
3060msgid "SF-ADJUSTMENT"
3061msgstr ""
3062
3063#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:43(para)
3064msgid "In interactive mode it creates an adjustment widget in the dialog."
3065msgstr ""
3066
3067#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:47(para)
3068msgid ""
3069"SF-ADJUSTMENT \"label\" '(value lower upper step_inc page_inc digits type)"
3070msgstr ""
3071
3072#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:51(para)
3073#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:77(para)
3074#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:109(para)
3075msgid "\"label\" : Text printed before the widget."
3076msgstr ""
3077
3078#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:52(para)
3079msgid "value : Value print at the start."
3080msgstr ""
3081
3082#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:53(para)
3083msgid "lower / upper : the lower / upper values (range of choice)."
3084msgstr ""
3085
3086#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:56(para)
3087msgid "step_inc : increment/decrement value."
3088msgstr ""
3089
3090#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:57(para)
3091msgid "page_inc : increment/decrement value using page key."
3092msgstr ""
3093
3094#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:60(para)
3095msgid "digits : digits after the point (decimal part)."
3096msgstr ""
3097
3098#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:63(para)
3099msgid "type : is one of: SF-SLIDER or 0, SF-SPINNER or 1"
3100msgstr ""
3101
3102#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:73(para)
3103msgid "Creates a color button in the dialog."
3104msgstr ""
3105
3106#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:74(para)
3107msgid "SF-COLOR \"label\" '(red green blue)"
3108msgstr ""
3109
3110#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:75(para)
3111msgid "or"
3112msgstr ""
3113
3114#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:76(para)
3115msgid "SF-COLOR \"label\" \"color\""
3116msgstr ""
3117
3118#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:78(para)
3119msgid ""
3120"'(red green blue) : list of three values for the red, green and blue "
3121"components."
3122msgstr ""
3123
3124#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:82(para)
3125msgid "\"color\" : a color name in CSS notatation."
3126msgstr ""
3127
3128#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:87(para)
3129msgid "SF-FONT"
3130msgstr ""
3131
3132#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:90(para)
3133msgid ""
3134"Creates a font-selection widget in the dialog. It returns a fontname as a "
3135"string. There are two new gimp-text procedures to ease the use of this "
3136"return parameter:"
3137msgstr ""
3138
3139#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:95(para)
3140msgid ""
3141"(gimp-text-fontname image drawable x-pos y-pos text border antialias size "
3142"unit font)"
3143msgstr ""
3144
3145#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:99(para)
3146msgid "(gimp-text-get-extents-fontname text size unit font)"
3147msgstr ""
3148
3149#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:102(para)
3150msgid ""
3151"where font is the fontname you get. The size specified in the fontname is "
3152"silently ignored. It is only used in the font-selector. So you are asked to "
3153"set it to a useful value (24 pixels is a good choice)."
3154msgstr ""
3155
3156#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:108(para)
3157msgid "SF-FONT \"label\" \"fontname\""
3158msgstr ""
3159
3160#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:110(para)
3161msgid "\"fontname\" : name of the défault font."
3162msgstr ""
3163
3164#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:115(para)
3165msgid "SF-BRUSH"
3166msgstr ""
3167
3168#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:118(para)
3169msgid ""
3170"It will create a widget in the control dialog. The widget consists of a "
3171"preview area (which when pressed will produce a popup preview ) and a button "
3172"with the \"...\" label. The button will popup a dialog where brushes can be "
3173"selected and each of the characteristics of the brush can be modified."
3174msgstr ""
3175
3176#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:125(para)
3177msgid "SF-BRUSH \"Brush\" '(\"Circle (03)\" 100 44 0)"
3178msgstr ""
3179
3180#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:126(para)
3181msgid ""
3182"Here the brush dialog will be popped up with a default brush of Circle (03) "
3183"opacity 100 spacing 44 and paint mode of Normal (value 0)."
3184msgstr ""
3185
3186#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:131(para)
3187msgid ""
3188"If this selection was unchanged the value passed to the function as a "
3189"parameter would be '(\"Circle (03)\" 100 44 0)."
3190msgstr ""
3191
3192#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:139(para)
3193msgid "SF-PATTERN"
3194msgstr ""
3195
3196#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:142(para)
3197msgid ""
3198"It will create a widget in the control dialog. The widget consists of a "
3199"preview area (which when pressed will produce a popup preview ) and a button "
3200"with the \"...\" label. The button will popup a dialog where patterns can be "
3201"selected."
3202msgstr ""
3203
3204#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:148(para)
3205msgid "SF-PATTERN \"Pattern\" \"Maple Leaves\""
3206msgstr ""
3207
3208#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:149(para)
3209msgid ""
3210"The value returned when the script is invoked is a string containing the "
3211"pattern name. If the above selection was not altered the string would "
3212"contain \"Maple Leaves\"."
3213msgstr ""
3214
3215#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:158(para)
3216msgid "SF-GRADIENT"
3217msgstr ""
3218
3219#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:161(para)
3220msgid ""
3221"It will create a widget in the control dialog. The widget consists of a "
3222"button containing a preview of the selected gradient."
3223msgstr ""
3224
3225#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:166(para)
3226msgid "If the button is pressed a gradient selection dialog will popup."
3227msgstr ""
3228
3229#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:169(para)
3230msgid "SF-GRADIENT \"Gradient\" \"Deep Sea\""
3231msgstr ""
3232
3233#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:170(para)
3234msgid ""
3235"The value returned when the script is invoked is a string containing the "
3236"gradient name. If the above selection was not altered the string would "
3237"contain \"Deep Sea\"."
3238msgstr ""
3239
3240#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:175(para)
3241msgid "Cliquer sur celui-ci fait apparaître la boite de dialogue des dégradés."
3242msgstr ""
3243
3244#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:183(para)
3245msgid "SF-PALETTE"
3246msgstr ""
3247
3248#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:186(para)
3249msgid ""
3250"It will create a widget in the control dialog. The widget consists of a "
3251"button containing the name of the selected palette."
3252msgstr ""
3253
3254#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:191(para)
3255msgid "If the button is pressed a palette selection dialog will popup."
3256msgstr ""
3257
3258#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:194(para)
3259msgid "SF-PALETTE \"Palette\" \"Named Colors\""
3260msgstr ""
3261
3262#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:195(para)
3263msgid ""
3264"The value returned when the script is invoked is a string containing the "
3265"palette name. If the above selection was not altered the string would "
3266"contain \"Named Colors\"."
3267msgstr ""
3268
3269#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:200(para)
3270msgid "Cliquer sur celui-ci fait apparaître la boite de dialogue des palettes."
3271msgstr ""
3272
3273#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:208(para)
3274msgid "SF-FILENAME"
3275msgstr ""
3276
3277#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:211(para)
3278msgid ""
3279"It will create a widget in the control dialog. The widget consists of a "
3280"button containing the name of a file."
3281msgstr ""
3282
3283#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:215(para)
3284msgid "If the button is pressed a file selection dialog will popup."
3285msgstr ""
3286
3287#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:218(para)
3288msgid ""
3289"SF-FILENAME \"Environment Map\" (string-append \"\" gimp-data-directory \"/"
3290"scripts/beavis.jpg\")"
3291msgstr ""
3292
3293#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:222(para)
3294msgid ""
3295"The value returned when the script is invoked is a string containing the "
3296"filename."
3297msgstr ""
3298
3299#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:230(para)
3300msgid "SF-DIRNAME"
3301msgstr ""
3302
3303#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:233(para)
3304msgid ""
3305"Only useful in interactive mode. Very similar to SF-FILENAME, but the "
3306"created widget allows to choose a directory instead of a file."
3307msgstr ""
3308
3309#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:238(para)
3310msgid "SF-DIRNAME \"Image Directory\" \"/var/tmp/images\""
3311msgstr ""
3312
3313#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:241(para)
3314msgid ""
3315"The value returned when the script is invoked is a string containing the "
3316"dirname."
3317msgstr ""
3318
3319#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:249(para)
3320msgid "SF-OPTION"
3321msgstr ""
3322
3323#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:252(para)
3324msgid ""
3325"It will create a widget in the control dialog. The widget is a combo-box "
3326"showing the options that are passed as a list."
3327msgstr ""
3328
3329#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:256(para)
3330msgid "The first option is the default choice."
3331msgstr ""
3332
3333#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:257(para)
3334msgid "SF-OPTION \"Orientation\" '(\"Horizontal\" \"Vertical\")"
3335msgstr ""
3336
3337#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:260(para)
3338msgid ""
3339"The value returned when the script is invoked is the number of the chosen "
3340"option, where the option first is counted as 0."
3341msgstr ""
3342
3343#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:268(para)
3344msgid "SF-ENUM"
3345msgstr ""
3346
3347#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:271(para)
3348msgid ""
3349"It will create a widget in the control dialog. The widget is a combo-box "
3350"showing all enum values for the given enum type. This has to be the name of "
3351"a registered enum, without the \"Gimp\" prefix. The second parameter "
3352"speficies the default value, using the enum value's nick."
3353msgstr ""
3354
3355#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:278(para)
3356msgid "SF-ENUM \"Interpolation\" '(\"InterpolationType\" \"linear\")"
3357msgstr ""
3358
3359#: src/using/script-fu-gui-api.xml:281(para)
3360msgid ""
3361"The value returned when the script is invoked corresponds to chosen enum "
3362"value."
3363msgstr ""
3364
3365#: src/using/qmask.xml:11(phrase)
3366msgid "Using the Quickmask"
3367msgstr ""
3368
3369#: src/using/qmask.xml:14(primary)
3370msgid "Masks"
3371msgstr ""
3372
3373#: src/using/qmask.xml:15(secondary)
3374msgid "Quick Mask"
3375msgstr ""
3376
3377#: src/using/qmask.xml:16(tertiary)
3378msgid "Using Quick Mask"
3379msgstr ""
3380
3381#: src/using/qmask.xml:20(para)
3382msgid "Open an image or begin a new document."
3383msgstr ""
3384
3385#: src/using/qmask.xml:23(para)
3386msgid ""
3387"Activate the Quickmask using the left-bottom button in the image window. If "
3388"a selection is present the mask is initialized with the content of the "
3389"selection."
3390msgstr ""
3391
3392#: src/using/qmask.xml:30(para)
3393msgid ""
3394"Choose any drawing tool. Paint on the Quick Mask using black color to remove "
3395"selected areas and white color to add selected areas. You can use grey "
3396"colors to get partially selected areas."
3397msgstr ""
3398
3399#: src/using/qmask.xml:35(para)
3400msgid ""
3401"You can also use selection tools and fill these selections with the Bucket "
3402"Fill tool. This does not destroy the Qmask selections!"
3403msgstr ""
3404
3405#: src/using/qmask.xml:41(para)
3406msgid ""
3407"Toggle off the Quickmask using the left-bottom button in the image window: "
3408"the selection will be displayed with its marching ants."
3409msgstr ""
3410
3411#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
3412#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
3413#: src/using/photography.xml:68(None)
3414msgid ""
3415"@@image: 'images/toolbox/stock-tool-rotate-22.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T "
3416"EXIST"
3417msgstr ""
3418
3419#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
3420#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
3421#: src/using/photography.xml:619(None)
3422msgid ""
3423"@@image: 'images/toolbox/stock-tool-clone-22.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T "
3424"EXIST"
3425msgstr ""
3426
3427#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
3428#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
3429#: src/using/photography.xml:822(None)
3430msgid ""
3431"@@image: 'images/dialogs/stock-vchain-24.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
3432msgstr ""
3433
3434#: src/using/photography.xml:14(date)
3435msgid "2007-12-09"
3436msgstr ""
3437
3438#: src/using/photography.xml:15(authorinitials)
3439msgid "KoSt"
3440msgstr ""
3441
3442#: src/using/photography.xml:20(phrase)
3443msgid "Working with Digital Camera Photos"
3444msgstr ""
3445
3446#: src/using/photography.xml:23(primary)
3447msgid "Photography"
3448msgstr ""
3449
3450#: src/using/photography.xml:27(phrase)
3451msgid "Introduction"
3452msgstr ""
3453
3454#: src/using/photography.xml:29(para)
3455msgid ""
3456"One of the most common uses of GIMP is to fix digital camera images that for "
3457"some reason are less than perfect. Maybe the image is overexposed or "
3458"underexposed; maybe rotated a bit; maybe out of focus: these are all common "
3459"problems for which GIMP has good tools. The purpose of this chapter is to "
3460"give you an overview of those tools and the situations in which they are "
3461"useful. You will not find detailed tutorials here: in most cases it is "
3462"easier to learn how to use the tools by experimenting with them than by "
3463"reading about them. (Also, each tool is described more thoroughly in the "
3464"Help section devoted to it.) You will also not find anything in this chapter "
3465"about the multitude of \"special effects\" that you can apply to an image "
3466"using GIMP. You should be familiar with basic GIMP concepts before reading "
3467"this chapter, but you certainly don't need to be an expert–if you are, you "
3468"probably know most of this anyway. And don't hesitate to experiment: GIMP's "
3469"powerful \"undo\" system allows you to recover from almost any mistake with "
3470"a simple <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Z</keycap></keycombo>."
3471msgstr ""
3472
3473#: src/using/photography.xml:47(para)
3474msgid ""
3475"Most commonly the things that you want to do to clean up an imperfect photo "
3476"are of four types: improving the composition; improving the colors; "
3477"improving the sharpness; and removing artifacts or other undesirable "
3478"elements of the image."
3479msgstr ""
3480
3481#: src/using/photography.xml:56(phrase)
3482msgid "Improving Composition"
3483msgstr ""
3484
3485#: src/using/photography.xml:60(phrase)
3486msgid "Rotating an Image"
3487msgstr ""
3488
3489#: src/using/photography.xml:62(para)
3490msgid ""
3491"It is easy, when taking a picture, to hold the camera not quite perfectly "
3492"vertical, resulting in a picture where things are tilted at an angle. In "
3493"GIMP, the way to fix this is to use the <link linkend=\"gimp-tool-rotate"
3494"\">Rotate</link> tool. Activate this by clicking its icon <placeholder-1/> "
3495"in the Toolbox, or by pressing the <keycombo><keycap>Shift</"
3496"keycap><keycap>R</keycap></keycombo> while inside the image. Make sure the "
3497"Tool Options are visible, and at the top, make sure for <quote>Transform:</"
3498"quote> that the left button (<quote>Transform Layer</quote>) is selected. If "
3499"you then click the mouse inside the image and drag it, you will see a grid "
3500"appear that rotates as you drag. When the grid looks right, click "
3501"<guibutton>Rotate</guibutton> or press <keycap>Enter</keycap>, and the image "
3502"will be rotated."
3503msgstr ""
3504
3505#: src/using/photography.xml:79(para)
3506msgid ""
3507"Now as a matter of fact, it isn't so easy to get things right by this "
3508"method: you often find that things are better but not quite perfect. One "
3509"solution is to rotate a bit more, but there is a disadvantage to that "
3510"approach. Each time you rotate an image, because the rotated pixels don't "
3511"line up precisely with the original pixels, the image inevitably gets "
3512"blurred a little bit. For a single rotation, the amount of blurring is quite "
3513"small, but two rotations cause twice as much blurring as one, and there is "
3514"no reason to blur things more than you have to. A better alternative is to "
3515"undo the rotation and then do another, adjusting the angle."
3516msgstr ""
3517
3518#: src/using/photography.xml:91(para)
3519msgid ""
3520"Fortunately, GIMP provides another way of doing it that is considerably "
3521"easier to use: in the Rotate Tool Options, for the Transform Direction you "
3522"can select \"Backward (Corrective)\". When you do this, instead of rotating "
3523"the grid to compensate for the error, you can rotate it to <emphasis>line "
3524"up</emphasis> with the error. If this seems confusing, try it and you will "
3525"see that it is quite straightforward."
3526msgstr ""
3527
3528#: src/using/photography.xml:101(para)
3529msgid ""
3530"Note: New in GIMP 2.2 is the option to preview the results of "
3531"transformations, instead of just seeing a grid. This makes it easier to get "
3532"things right on the first try."
3533msgstr ""
3534
3535#: src/using/photography.xml:107(para)
3536msgid ""
3537"After you have rotated an image, there will be unpleasant triangular \"holes"
3538"\" at the corners. One way to fix them is to create a background that fills "
3539"the holes with some unobtrusive or neutral color, but usually a better "
3540"solution is to crop the image. The greater the rotation, the more cropping "
3541"is required, so it is best to get the camera aligned as well as possible "
3542"when you take the picture in the first place."
3543msgstr ""
3544
3545#: src/using/photography.xml:119(phrase)
3546msgid "Cropping"
3547msgstr ""
3548
3549#: src/using/photography.xml:121(para)
3550msgid ""
3551"When you take a picture with a digital camera, you have some control over "
3552"what gets included in the image but often not as much as you would like: the "
3553"result is images that could benefit from trimming. Beyond this, it is often "
3554"possible to enhance the impact of an image by trimming it so that the most "
3555"important elements are placed at key points. A rule of thumb, not always to "
3556"be followed but good to keep in mind, is the <quote>rule of thirds</quote>, "
3557"which says that maximum impact is obtained by placing the center of interest "
3558"one-third of the way across the image, both widthwise and heightwise."
3559msgstr ""
3560
3561#: src/using/photography.xml:133(para)
3562msgid ""
3563"To crop an image, activate the <link linkend=\"gimp-tool-crop\">Crop</link> "
3564"tool in the Toolbox, or by pressing the <quote>C</quote> key (capitalized) "
3565"while inside the image. With the tool active, clicking and dragging in the "
3566"image will sweep out a crop rectangle. It will also pop up a dialog that "
3567"allows you to adjust the dimensions of the crop region if they aren't quite "
3568"right. When everything is perfect, hit the <guibutton>Crop</guibutton> "
3569"button in the dialog."
3570msgstr ""
3571
3572#: src/using/photography.xml:147(phrase)
3573msgid "Improving Colors"
3574msgstr ""
3575
3576#: src/using/photography.xml:151(phrase)
3577msgid "Automated Tools"
3578msgstr ""
3579
3580#: src/using/photography.xml:153(para)
3581msgid ""
3582"In spite of sophisticated exposure-control systems, pictures taken with "
3583"digital cameras often come out over- or under-exposed, or with color casts "
3584"due to imperfections in lighting. GIMP gives you a variety of tools to "
3585"correct colors in an image, ranging to automated tools that run with a "
3586"simple button-click to highly sophisticated tools that give you many "
3587"parameters of control. We will start with the simplest first."
3588msgstr ""
3589
3590#: src/using/photography.xml:162(para)
3591msgid ""
3592"GIMP gives you several automated color correction tools. Unfortunately they "
3593"don't usually give you quite the results you are looking for, but they only "
3594"take a moment to try out, and if nothing else they often give you an idea of "
3595"some of the possibilities inherent in the image. Except for \"Auto Levels\", "
3596"you can find these tools by following the menu path "
3597"<menuchoice><guimenu>Colors</guimenu><guisubmenu>Auto</guisubmenu></"
3598"menuchoice> in the image menu."
3599msgstr ""
3600
3601#: src/using/photography.xml:172(para)
3602msgid "Here they are, with a few words about each:"
3603msgstr ""
3604
3605#: src/using/photography.xml:176(guimenuitem)
3606msgid "Normalize"
3607msgstr ""
3608
3609#: src/using/photography.xml:179(para)
3610msgid ""
3611"This tool (it is really a plug-in) is useful for underexposed images: it "
3612"adjusts the whole image uniformly until the brightest point is right at the "
3613"saturation limit, and the darkest point is black. The downside is that the "
3614"amount of brightening is determined entirely by the lightest and darkest "
3615"points in the image, so even one single white pixel and/or one single black "
3616"pixel will make normalization ineffective."
3617msgstr ""
3618
3619#: src/using/photography.xml:192(guimenuitem)
3620msgid "Equalize"
3621msgstr ""
3622
3623#: src/using/photography.xml:195(para)
3624msgid ""
3625"This is a very powerful adjustment that tries to spread the colors in the "
3626"image evenly across the range of possible intensities. In some cases the "
3627"effect is amazing, bringing out contrasts that are very difficult to get in "
3628"any other way; but more commonly, it just makes the image look weird. Oh "
3629"well, it only takes a moment to try."
3630msgstr ""
3631
3632#: src/using/photography.xml:207(guimenuitem)
3633msgid "Color Enhance"
3634msgstr ""
3635
3636#: src/using/photography.xml:210(para)
3637msgid ""
3638"This command increases the saturation range of the colors in the layer, "
3639"without altering brightness or hue. So this command does not work on "
3640"grayscale images."
3641msgstr ""
3642
3643#: src/using/photography.xml:219(guimenuitem)
3644msgid "Stretch Contrast"
3645msgstr ""
3646
3647#: src/using/photography.xml:222(para)
3648msgid ""
3649"This is like <quote>Normalize</quote>, except that it operates on the red, "
3650"green, and blue channels independently. It often has the useful effect of "
3651"reducing color casts."
3652msgstr ""
3653
3654#: src/using/photography.xml:232(guimenuitem)
3655msgid "Stretch HSV"
3656msgstr ""
3657
3658#: src/using/photography.xml:235(para)
3659msgid ""
3660"Does the same as Stretch Contrast but works in HSV color space, rather than "
3661"RGB color space. It preserves the Hue."
3662msgstr ""
3663
3664#: src/using/photography.xml:243(guimenuitem)
3665msgid "White balance"
3666msgstr ""
3667
3668#: src/using/photography.xml:246(para)
3669msgid ""
3670"This may enhance images with poor white or black by removing little used "
3671"colors and stretch the remaining range as much as possible."
3672msgstr ""
3673
3674#: src/using/photography.xml:255(guimenuitem)
3675msgid "Auto Levels"
3676msgstr ""
3677
3678#: src/using/photography.xml:258(para)
3679msgid ""
3680"This is done by activating the Levels tool (<menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</"
3681"guimenu><guisubmenu>Color Tools</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Levels</"
3682"guimenuitem></menuchoice> or <menuchoice><guimenu>Colors</"
3683"guimenu><guimenuitem>Levels</guimenuitem></menuchoice> in the image menu), "
3684"and then pressing the <guibutton>Auto</guibutton> button near the center of "
3685"the dialog. You will see a preview of the result; you must press "
3686"<guibutton>Okay</guibutton> for it to take effect. Pressing "
3687"<guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> instead will cause your image to revert to its "
3688"previous state."
3689msgstr ""
3690
3691#: src/using/photography.xml:270(para)
3692msgid ""
3693"If you can find a point in the image that ought to be perfect white, and a "
3694"second point that ought to be perfect black, then you can use the Levels "
3695"tool to do a semi-automatic adjustment that will often do a good job of "
3696"fixing both brightness and colors throughout the image. First, bring up the "
3697"Levels tool as previously described. Now, look down near the bottom of the "
3698"Layers dialog for three buttons with symbols on them that look like eye-"
3699"droppers (at least, that is what they are supposed to look like). The one on "
3700"the left, if you mouse over it, shows its function to be <quote>Pick Black "
3701"Point</quote>. Click on this, then click on a point in the image that ought "
3702"to be black–really truly perfectly black, not just sort of dark–and watch "
3703"the image change. Next, click on the rightmost of the three buttons "
3704"( <quote>Pick White Point</quote> ), and then click a point in the image "
3705"that ought to be white, and once more watch the image change. If you are "
3706"happy with the result, click the <guibutton>Okay</guibutton> button "
3707"otherwise <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton>."
3708msgstr ""
3709
3710#: src/using/photography.xml:293(para)
3711msgid ""
3712"Those are the automated color adjustments: if you find that none of them "
3713"quite does the job for you, it is time to try one of the interactive color "
3714"tools. All of these, except one, can be accessed via Tools-&gt;Color Tools "
3715"in the image menu. After you select a color tool, click on the image "
3716"(anywhere) to activate it and bring up its dialog."
3717msgstr ""
3718
3719#: src/using/photography.xml:303(phrase)
3720msgid "Exposure Problems"
3721msgstr ""
3722
3723#: src/using/photography.xml:305(para)
3724msgid ""
3725"The simplest tool to use is the <link linkend=\"gimp-tool-brightness-contrast"
3726"\">Brightness/Contrast</link> tool. It is also the least powerful, but in "
3727"many cases it does everything you need. This tool is often useful for images "
3728"that are overexposed or underexposed; it is not useful for correcting color "
3729"casts. The tool gives you two sliders to adjust, for <quote>Brightness</"
3730"quote> and <quote>Contrast</quote>. If you have the option <quote>Preview</"
3731"quote> checked (and almost certainly you should),you will see any "
3732"adjustments you make reflected in the image. When you are happy with the "
3733"results, press <guibutton>Okay</guibutton> and they will take effect. If you "
3734"can't get results that you are happy with, press <guibutton>Cancel</"
3735"guibutton> and the image will revert to its previous state."
3736msgstr ""
3737
3738#: src/using/photography.xml:320(para)
3739msgid ""
3740"A more sophisticated, and only slightly more difficult, way of correcting "
3741"exposure problems is to use the Levels tool. The dialog for this tool looks "
3742"very complicated, but for the basic usage we have in mind here, the only "
3743"part you need to deal with is the <quote>Input Levels</quote> area, "
3744"specifically the three triangular sliders that appear below the histogram. "
3745"We refer you to the <link linkend=\"gimp-tool-levels\">Levels Tool Help</"
3746"link> for instructions; but actually the easiest way to learn how to use it "
3747"is to experiment by moving the three sliders around, and watching how the "
3748"image is affected. (Make sure that <quote>Preview</quote> is checked at the "
3749"bottom of the dialog.)"
3750msgstr ""
3751
3752#: src/using/photography.xml:334(para)
3753msgid ""
3754"A very powerful way of correcting exposure problems is to use the "
3755"<emphasis>Curves</emphasis> tool. This tool allows you to click and drag "
3756"control points on a curve, in order to create a function mapping input "
3757"brightness levels to output brightness levels. The Curves tool can replicate "
3758"any effect you can achieve with Brightness/Contrast or the Levels tool, so "
3759"it is more powerful than either of them. Once again, we refer you to the "
3760"<link linkend=\"gimp-tool-curves\">Curves Tool Help</link> for detailed "
3761"instructions, but the easiest way to learn how to use it is by experimenting."
3762msgstr ""
3763
3764#: src/using/photography.xml:346(para)
3765msgid ""
3766"The most powerful approach to adjusting brightness and contrast across an "
3767"image, for more expert GIMP users, is to create a new layer above the one "
3768"you are working on, and then in the Layers dialog set the Mode for the upper "
3769"layer to <quote>Multiply</quote>. The new layer then serves as a <quote>gain "
3770"control</quote> layer for the layer below it, with white yielding maximum "
3771"gain and black yielding a gain of zero. Thus, by painting on the new layer, "
3772"you can selectively adjust the gain for each area of the image, giving you "
3773"very fine control. You should try to paint only with smooth gradients, "
3774"because sudden changes in gain will give rise to spurious edges in the "
3775"result. Paint only using shades of gray, not colors, unless you want to "
3776"produce color shifts in the image."
3777msgstr ""
3778
3779#: src/using/photography.xml:360(para)
3780msgid ""
3781"Actually, <quote>Multiply</quote> is not the only mode that is useful for "
3782"gain control. In fact, <quote>Multiply</quote> mode can only darken parts of "
3783"an image, never lighten them, so it is only useful where some parts of an "
3784"image are overexposed. Using <quote>Divide</quote> mode has the opposite "
3785"effect: it can brighten areas of an image but not darken them. Here is a "
3786"trick that is often useful for bringing out the maximum amount of detail "
3787"across all areas of an image:"
3788msgstr ""
3789
3790#: src/using/photography.xml:372(para)
3791msgid "Duplicate the layer (producing a new layer above it)."
3792msgstr ""
3793
3794#: src/using/photography.xml:377(para)
3795msgid "Desaturate the new layer."
3796msgstr ""
3797
3798#: src/using/photography.xml:380(para)
3799msgid "Apply a Gaussian blur to the result, with a large radius (100 or more)."
3800msgstr ""
3801
3802#: src/using/photography.xml:386(para)
3803msgid "Set Mode in the Layers dialog to Divide."
3804msgstr ""
3805
3806#: src/using/photography.xml:389(para)
3807msgid ""
3808"Control the amount of correction by adjusting opacity in the Layers dialog, "
3809"or by using Brightness/Contrast, Levels, or Curves tools on the new layer."
3810msgstr ""
3811
3812#: src/using/photography.xml:396(para)
3813msgid ""
3814"When you are happy with the result, you can use <guibutton>Merge Down</"
3815"guibutton> to combine the control layer and the original layer into a single "
3816"layer."
3817msgstr ""
3818
3819#: src/using/photography.xml:404(para)
3820msgid ""
3821"In addition to <quote>Multiply</quote> and <quote>Divide</quote>, you may "
3822"every so often get useful effects with other layer combination modes, such "
3823"as <quote>Dodge</quote>, <quote>Burn</quote>, or <quote>Soft Light</quote>. "
3824"It is all too easy, though, once you start playing with these things, to "
3825"look away from the computer for a moment and suddenly find that you have "
3826"just spent an hour twiddling parameters. Be warned: the more options you "
3827"have, the harder it is to make a decision."
3828msgstr ""
3829
3830#: src/using/photography.xml:417(phrase)
3831msgid "Adjusting Hue and Saturation"
3832msgstr ""
3833
3834#: src/using/photography.xml:419(para)
3835msgid ""
3836"In our experience, if your image has a color cast---too much red, too much "
3837"blue, etc---the easiest way to correct it is to use the Levels tool, "
3838"adjusting levels individually on the red, green, and blue channels. If this "
3839"doesn't work for you, it might be worth your while to try the Color Balance "
3840"tool or the Curves tool, but these are much more difficult to use "
3841"effectively. (They are very good for creating certain types of special "
3842"effects, though.)"
3843msgstr ""
3844
3845#: src/using/photography.xml:428(para)
3846msgid ""
3847"Sometimes it is hard to tell whether you have adjusted colors adequately. A "
3848"good, objective technique is to find a point in the image that you know "
3849"should be either white or a shade of gray. Activate the <link linkend=\"gimp-"
3850"tool-color-picker\">Color Picker</link> tool (the eyedropper symbol in the "
3851"Toolbox), and click on the aforesaid point: this brings up the Color Picker "
3852"dialog. If the colors are correctly adjusted, then the red, green, and blue "
3853"components of the reported color should all be equal; if not, then you "
3854"should see what sort of adjustment you need to make. This technique, when "
3855"well used, allows even color-blind people to color-correct an image."
3856msgstr ""
3857
3858#: src/using/photography.xml:441(para)
3859msgid ""
3860"If your image is washed out---which can easily happen when you take pictures "
3861"in bright light---try the <link linkend=\"gimp-tool-hue-saturation\">Hue/"
3862"Saturation</link> tool, which gives you three sliders to manipulate, for "
3863"Hue, Lightness, and Saturation. Raising the saturation will probably make "
3864"the image look better. In same cases it is useful to adjust the lightness at "
3865"the same time. ( <quote>Lightness</quote> here is similar to "
3866"<quote>Brightness</quote> in the Brightness/Contrast tool, except that they "
3867"are formed from different combinations of the red, green, and blue "
3868"channels.) The Hue/Saturation tool gives you the option of adjusting "
3869"restricted subranges of colors (using the buttons at the top of the dialog), "
3870"but if you want to get natural-looking colors, in most cases you should "
3871"avoid doing this."
3872msgstr ""
3873
3874#: src/using/photography.xml:458(para)
3875msgid ""
3876"Even if an image does not seemed washed out, often you can increase its "
3877"impact by pushing up the saturation a bit. Veterans of the film era "
3878"sometimes call this trick <quote>Fujifying</quote>, after Fujichrome film, "
3879"which is notorious for producing highly saturated prints."
3880msgstr ""
3881
3882#: src/using/photography.xml:466(para)
3883msgid ""
3884"When you take pictures in low light conditions, in some cases you have the "
3885"opposite problem: too much saturation. In this case too the Hue/Saturation "
3886"tool is a good one to use, only by reducing the saturation instead of "
3887"increasing it."
3888msgstr ""
3889
3890#: src/using/photography.xml:476(phrase)
3891msgid "Adjusting Sharpness"
3892msgstr ""
3893
3894#: src/using/photography.xml:480(phrase)
3895msgid "Unblurring"
3896msgstr ""
3897
3898#: src/using/photography.xml:482(para)
3899msgid ""
3900"If the focus on the camera is not set perfectly, or the camera is moving "
3901"when the picture is taken, the result is a blurred image. If there is a lot "
3902"of blurring, you probably won't be able to do much about it with any "
3903"technique, but if there is only a moderate amount, you should be able to "
3904"improve the image."
3905msgstr ""
3906
3907#: src/using/photography.xml:489(para)
3908msgid ""
3909"The most generally useful technique for sharpening a fuzzy image is called "
3910"the <link linkend=\"plug-in-unsharp-mask\">Unsharp Mask</link>. In spite of "
3911"the rather confusing name, which derives from its origins as a technique "
3912"used by film developers, its result is to make the image sharper, not "
3913"<quote>unsharp</quote>. It is a plug-in, and you can access it as Filters-"
3914"&gt;Enhance-&gt;Unsharp Mask in the image menu. There are two parameters, "
3915"<quote>Radius</quote> and <quote>Amount</quote>. The default values often "
3916"work pretty well, so you should try them first. Increasing either the radius "
3917"or the amount increases the strength of the effect. Don't get carried away, "
3918"though: if you make the unsharp mask too strong, it will amplify noise in "
3919"the image and also give rise to visible artifacts where there are sharp "
3920"edges."
3921msgstr ""
3922
3923#: src/using/photography.xml:505(para)
3924msgid ""
3925"Sometimes using Unsharp Mask can cause color distortion where there are "
3926"strong contrasts in an image. When this happens, you can often get better "
3927"results by decomposing the image into separate Hue-Saturation-Value (HSV) "
3928"layers, and running Unsharp Mask on the Value layer only, then recomposing. "
3929"This works because the human eye has much finer resolution for brightness "
3930"than for color. See the sections on <link linkend=\"plug-in-decompose-"
3931"registered\">Decompose</link> and <link linkend=\"plug-in-compose\">Compose</"
3932"link> for more information."
3933msgstr ""
3934
3935#: src/using/photography.xml:517(para)
3936msgid ""
3937"Next to \"Unsharp Mask\" in the Filters menu is another filter called <link "
3938"linkend=\"plug-in-sharpen\">Sharpen</link>, which does similar things. It is "
3939"a little easier to use but not nearly as effective: our recommendation is "
3940"that you ignore it and go straight to Unsharp Mask."
3941msgstr ""
3942
3943#: src/using/photography.xml:524(para)
3944msgid ""
3945"In some situations, you may be able to get useful results by selectively "
3946"sharpening specific parts of an image using the <link linkend=\"gimp-tool-"
3947"convolve\">Blur or Sharpen</link> tool from the Toolbox, in \"Sharpen\" "
3948"mode. This allows you to increase the sharpness in areas by painting over "
3949"them with any paintbrush. You should be restrained about this, though, or "
3950"the results will not look very natural: sharpening increases the apparent "
3951"sharpness of edges in the image, but also amplifies noise."
3952msgstr ""
3953
3954#: src/using/photography.xml:537(phrase)
3955msgid "Reducing Graininess"
3956msgstr ""
3957
3958#: src/using/photography.xml:539(para)
3959msgid ""
3960"When you take pictures in low-light conditions or with a very fast exposure "
3961"time, the camera does not get enough data to make good estimates of the true "
3962"color at each pixel, and consequently the resulting image looks grainy. You "
3963"can <quote>smooth out</quote> the graininess by blurring the image, but then "
3964"you will also lose sharpness. There are a couple of approaches that may give "
3965"better results. Probably the best, if the graininess is not too bad, is to "
3966"use the filter called <link linkend=\"plug-in-sel-gauss\">Selective Blur</"
3967"link>, setting the blurring radius to 1 or 2 pixels. The other approach is "
3968"to use the <link linkend=\"plug-in-despeckle\">Despeckle</link> filter. This "
3969"has a nice preview, so you can play with the settings and try to find some "
3970"that give good results. When graininess is really bad, though, it is often "
3971"very difficult to fix by anything except heroic measures (i.e., retouching "
3972"with paint tools)."
3973msgstr ""
3974
3975#: src/using/photography.xml:559(phrase)
3976msgid "Softening"
3977msgstr ""
3978
3979#: src/using/photography.xml:561(para)
3980msgid ""
3981"Every so often you have the opposite problem: an image is <emphasis>too</"
3982"emphasis> crisp. The solution is to blur it a bit: fortunately blurring an "
3983"image is much easier than sharpening it. Since you probably don't want to "
3984"blur it very much, the simplest method is to use the <quote>Blur</quote> "
3985"plug-in, accessed via Filters-&gt;Blur-&gt;Blur from the image menu. This "
3986"will soften the focus of the image a little bit. If you want more softening, "
3987"just repeat until you get the result you desire."
3988msgstr ""
3989
3990#: src/using/photography.xml:576(phrase)
3991msgid "Removing Unwanted Objects from an Image"
3992msgstr ""
3993
3994#: src/using/photography.xml:578(para)
3995msgid ""
3996"There are two kinds of objects you might want to remove from an image: "
3997"first, artifacts caused by junk such as dust or hair on the lens; second, "
3998"things that were really present but impair the quality of the image, such as "
3999"a telephone wire running across the edge of a beautiful mountain landscape."
4000msgstr ""
4001
4002#: src/using/photography.xml:587(phrase)
4003msgid "Despeckling"
4004msgstr ""
4005
4006#: src/using/photography.xml:589(para)
4007msgid ""
4008"A good tool for removing dust and other types of lens grunge is the <link "
4009"linkend=\"plug-in-despeckle\">Despeckle</link> filter, accessed as Filters-"
4010"&gt;Enhance-&gt;Despeckle from the image menu. Very important: to use this "
4011"filter effectively, you must begin by making a small selection containing "
4012"the artifact and a small area around it. The selection must be small enough "
4013"so that the artifact pixels are statistically distinguishable from the other "
4014"pixels inside the selection. If you try to run despeckle on the whole image, "
4015"you will hardly ever get anything useful. Once you have created a reasonable "
4016"selection, activate Despeckle, and watch the preview as you adjust the "
4017"parameters. If you are lucky, you will be able to find a setting that "
4018"removes the junk while minimally affecting the area around it. The more the "
4019"junk stands out from the area around it, the better your results are likely "
4020"to be. If it isn't working for you, it might be worthwhile to cancel the "
4021"filter, create a different selection, and then try again."
4022msgstr ""
4023
4024#: src/using/photography.xml:607(para)
4025msgid ""
4026"If you have more than one artifact in the image, it is necessary to use "
4027"Despeckle on each individually."
4028msgstr ""
4029
4030#: src/using/photography.xml:614(phrase)
4031msgid "Garbage Removal"
4032msgstr ""
4033
4034#: src/using/photography.xml:616(para)
4035msgid ""
4036"The most useful method for removing unwanted <quote>clutter</quote> from an "
4037"image is the <link linkend=\"gimp-tool-clone\">Clone</link><placeholder-1/> "
4038"tool, which allows you to paint over one part of an image using pixel data "
4039"taken from another part (or even from a different image). The trick to using "
4040"the clone tool effectively is to be able to find a different part of the "
4041"image that can be used to <quote>copy over</quote> the unwanted part: if the "
4042"area surrounding the unwanted object is very different from the rest of the "
4043"image, you won't have much luck. For example, if you have a lovely beach "
4044"scene, with a nasty human walking across the beach who you would like to "
4045"teleport away, you will probably be able to find an empty part of the beach "
4046"that looks similar to the part he is walking across, and use it to clone "
4047"over him. It is quite astonishing how natural the results can look when this "
4048"technique works well."
4049msgstr ""
4050
4051#: src/using/photography.xml:634(para)
4052msgid ""
4053"Consult the <link linkend=\"gimp-tool-clone\">Clone Tool Help</link> for "
4054"more detailed instructions. Cloning is as much an art as a science, and the "
4055"more you practice at it, the better you will get. At first it may seem "
4056"impossible to produce anything except ugly blotches, but persistence will "
4057"pay off."
4058msgstr ""
4059
4060#: src/using/photography.xml:642(para)
4061msgid ""
4062"Another tool looking very much as the clone tool, but smarter, is the <link "
4063"linkend=\"gimp-tool-heal\">healing tool</link> which also takes the area "
4064"around the destination into account when cloning. A typical usage is removal "
4065"of wrinkles and other minor errors in images."
4066msgstr ""
4067
4068#: src/using/photography.xml:648(para)
4069msgid ""
4070"In some cases you may be able to get good results by simply cutting out the "
4071"offending object from the image, and then using a plug-in called "
4072"<quote>Resynthesizer</quote> to fill in the void. This plug-in is not "
4073"included with the main GIMP distribution, but it can be obtained from the "
4074"author's web site <xref linkend=\"bibliography-online-gimp-plugin-"
4075"resynthesizer\"/>. As with many things, your mileage may vary."
4076msgstr ""
4077
4078#: src/using/photography.xml:660(phrase)
4079msgid "Removing Red-eye"
4080msgstr ""
4081
4082#: src/using/photography.xml:663(primary)
4083msgid "Red-eyes"
4084msgstr ""
4085
4086#: src/using/photography.xml:665(para)
4087msgid ""
4088"When you take a flash picture of somebody who is looking directly toward the "
4089"camera, the iris of the eye can bounce the light of the flash back toward "
4090"the camera in such a way as to make the eye appear bright red: this effect "
4091"is called <quote>red eye</quote>, and looks very bizarre. Many modern "
4092"cameras have special flash modes that minimize red-eye, but they only work "
4093"if you use them, and even then they don't always work perfectly. "
4094"Interestingly, the same effect occurs with animals, but the eyes may show up "
4095"as other colors, such as green."
4096msgstr ""
4097
4098#: src/using/photography.xml:676(para)
4099msgid ""
4100"From version 2.4, GIMP incorporated a special <link linkend=\"plug-in-red-"
4101"eye-removal\">remove red eye</link> filter. Make a selection with one of the "
4102"selection tools of the red part of the eye and then choose the <quote>Remove "
4103"Red Eye</quote> filter. Perhaps you have to fiddle around a bit with the "
4104"threshold slider to get the right color."
4105msgstr ""
4106
4107#: src/using/photography.xml:687(phrase)
4108msgid "Saving Your Results"
4109msgstr ""
4110
4111#: src/using/photography.xml:691(phrase) src/using/fileformats.xml:25(phrase)
4112#: src/using/fileformats.xml:28(primary)
4113msgid "Files"
4114msgstr "Bestanden"
4115
4116#: src/using/photography.xml:693(para)
4117msgid ""
4118"What file format should you use to save the results of your work, and should "
4119"you resize it? The answers depend on what you intend to use the image for."
4120msgstr ""
4121
4122#: src/using/photography.xml:700(para)
4123msgid ""
4124"If you intend to open the image in GIMP again for further work, you should "
4125"save it in GIMP's native XCF format (i. e., name it something.xcf), because "
4126"this is the only format that guarantees that none of the information in the "
4127"image is lost."
4128msgstr ""
4129
4130#: src/using/photography.xml:708(para)
4131msgid ""
4132"If you intend to print the image on paper, you should avoid shrinking the "
4133"image, except by cropping it. The reason is that printers are capable of "
4134"achieving much higher dot resolutions than video monitors---600 to 1400 dots "
4135"per inch for typical printers, as compared to 72 to 100 dots per inch for "
4136"monitors. A 3000 x 5000 image looks huge on a monitor, but it only comes to "
4137"about 5 inches by 8 inches on paper at 600 dpi. There is usually no good "
4138"reason to <emphasis>expand</emphasis> the image either: you can't increase "
4139"the true resolution that way, and it can always be scaled up at the time it "
4140"is printed. As for the file format, it will usually be fine to use JPEG at a "
4141"quality level of 75 to 85. In rare cases, where there are large swaths of "
4142"nearly uniform color, you may need to set the quality level even higher or "
4143"use a lossless format such as TIFF instead."
4144msgstr ""
4145
4146#: src/using/photography.xml:726(para)
4147msgid ""
4148"If you intend to display the image on screen or project it with a video "
4149"projector, bear in mind that the highest screen resolution for most commonly "
4150"available systems is 1600 x 1200, so there is nothing to gain by keeping the "
4151"image larger than that. For this purpose, the JPEG format is almost always a "
4152"good choice."
4153msgstr ""
4154
4155#: src/using/photography.xml:735(para)
4156msgid ""
4157"If you want to put the image on a web page or send it by email, it is a good "
4158"idea to make every effort to keep the file size as small as possible. First, "
4159"scale the image down to the smallest size that makes it possible to see the "
4160"relevant details (bear in mind that other people may be using different "
4161"sized monitors and/or different monitor resolution settings). Second, save "
4162"the image as a JPEG file. In the JPEG save dialog, check the option to "
4163"<quote>Preview in image window</quote> , and then adjust the Quality slider "
4164"to the lowest level that gives you acceptable image quality. (You will see "
4165"in the image the effects of each change.) Make sure that the image is zoomed "
4166"at 1:1 while you do this, so you are not misled by the effects of zooming."
4167msgstr ""
4168
4169#: src/using/photography.xml:752(para)
4170msgid ""
4171"See the <link linkend=\"gimp-using-fileformats\">File Formats</link> section "
4172"for more information."
4173msgstr ""
4174
4175#: src/using/photography.xml:759(phrase)
4176msgid "Printing Your Photos"
4177msgstr ""
4178
4179#: src/using/photography.xml:762(primary)
4180msgid "Printing"
4181msgstr ""
4182
4183#: src/using/photography.xml:763(secondary)
4184msgid "Printing your photos"
4185msgstr ""
4186
4187#: src/using/photography.xml:765(para)
4188msgid ""
4189"As in most softwares, in GIMP, printing needs to go to main menu "
4190"<menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guisubmenu>Print</guisubmenu></"
4191"menuchoice>. However it is very useful to keep in mind some elementary "
4192"concepts to prevent some unpleasant surprises when looking at result, or to "
4193"cure them if that occurs. You always must remember:"
4194msgstr ""
4195
4196#: src/using/photography.xml:774(para)
4197msgid ""
4198"that image displayed on the screen is in RGB mode and printing will be in "
4199"CMYK mode; consequently color feature you'll get on printed sheet will not "
4200"be exactly what you was waiting for. That depends on the used corresponding "
4201"chart. For the curious ones some adding explanations can be got through a "
4202"click on these useful Wikipedia links:"
4203msgstr ""
4204
4205#: src/using/photography.xml:784(para)
4206msgid "ICC-Profile <xref linkend=\"bibliography-online-wkpd-icc\"/>"
4207msgstr ""
4208
4209#: src/using/photography.xml:789(para)
4210msgid "CMYK <xref linkend=\"bibliography-online-wkpd-cmyk\"/>"
4211msgstr ""
4212
4213#: src/using/photography.xml:794(para)
4214msgid "Gamut <xref linkend=\"bibliography-online-wkpd-gamut\"/>"
4215msgstr ""
4216
4217#: src/using/photography.xml:801(para)
4218msgid ""
4219"that a screen resolution is roughly within a range from 75 up to 100 dpi; a "
4220"printer resolution is about 10x higher (or more) than a screen one; printed "
4221"image size depends on available pixels and resolution; so actual printed "
4222"size doesn't correspond inevitably to what is displayed on screen nor "
4223"available sheet size."
4224msgstr ""
4225
4226#: src/using/photography.xml:810(para)
4227msgid ""
4228"Consequently, before any printing it is relevant to go to: "
4229"<menuchoice><guimenu>Image</guimenu><guisubmenu>Print size</guisubmenu></"
4230"menuchoice> and choose here your convenient output size in "
4231"<quote>print size</quote> box adjusting either sizes or resolution. The "
4232"<placeholder-1/> symbol shows that the both values are linked. You can "
4233"dissociate x and y resolution by clicking on that symbol, but it is risky! "
4234"Probably this possibility is open because printers are built with different "
4235"x vs. y resolutions. Nevertheless if you unlinked them you can be very "
4236"surprised! You can try this in special effects."
4237msgstr ""
4238
4239#: src/using/photography.xml:832(para)
4240msgid ""
4241"Last recommendation: think of checking your margins as well as centering. It "
4242"would be a pity if a too much large margin cuts off some part of your image "
4243"or if an inappropriate centering damages your work especially if you use a "
4244"special photo paper."
4245msgstr ""
4246
4247#: src/using/photography.xml:841(phrase)
4248msgid "EXIF Data"
4249msgstr ""
4250
4251#: src/using/photography.xml:843(para)
4252msgid ""
4253"Modern digital cameras, when you take a picture, add information to the data "
4254"file about the camera settings and the circumstances under which the picture "
4255"was taken. This data is included in JPEG or TIFF files in a structured "
4256"format called EXIF. For JPEG files, GIMP is capable of maintaining EXIF "
4257"data, if it is built appropriately: it depends on a library called "
4258"<quote>libexif</quote>, which may not be available on all systems. If GIMP "
4259"is built with EXIF support enabled, then loading a JPEG file with EXIF data, "
4260"and resaving the resulting image in JPEG format, will cause the EXIF data to "
4261"be preserved unchanged. This is not, strictly speaking, the right way for an "
4262"image editor to handle EXIF data, but it is better than simply removing it, "
4263"which is what earlier versions of GIMP did."
4264msgstr ""
4265
4266#: src/using/photography.xml:857(para)
4267msgid ""
4268"If you would like to see the contents of the EXIF data, you can download "
4269"from the registry an Exif Browser plug-in <xref linkend=\"bibliography-"
4270"online-gimp-plugin-exifbrowser\"/>. If you are able to build and install it "
4271"on your system, you can access it as Filters-&gt;Generic-&gt;Exif Browser "
4272"from the image menu. (See <link linkend=\"gimp-plugins-install\">Installing "
4273"New Plug-ins</link> for help.)"
4274msgstr ""
4275
4276#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
4277#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
4278#: src/using/paths.xml:73(None)
4279msgid "@@image: 'images/using/path-examples.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
4280msgstr ""
4281
4282#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
4283#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
4284#: src/using/paths.xml:104(None)
4285msgid ""
4286"@@image: 'images/toolbox/stock-tool-path-22.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
4287msgstr ""
4288
4289#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
4290#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
4291#: src/using/paths.xml:141(None)
4292msgid ""
4293"@@image: 'images/using/path-with-anchors.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
4294msgstr ""
4295
4296#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
4297#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
4298#: src/using/paths.xml:283(None)
4299msgid ""
4300"@@image: 'images/using/path-stroking-examples.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T "
4301"EXIST"
4302msgstr ""
4303
4304#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
4305#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
4306#: src/using/paths.xml:310(None)
4307msgid ""
4308"@@image: 'images/dialogs/gimp-path-stroke.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
4309msgstr ""
4310
4311#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
4312#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
4313#: src/using/paths.xml:331(None)
4314msgid "@@image: 'images/using/path-from-text.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
4315msgstr ""
4316
4317#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
4318#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
4319#: src/using/paths.xml:342(None)
4320msgid ""
4321"@@image: 'images/using/path-text-stroked.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
4322msgstr ""
4323
4324#: src/using/paths.xml:27(phrase) src/using/paths.xml:30(primary)
4325#: src/using/paths.xml:35(secondary)
4326msgid "Paths"
4327msgstr "Paden"
4328
4329#: src/using/paths.xml:34(primary) src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:15(primary)
4330msgid "Image"
4331msgstr ""
4332
4333#: src/using/paths.xml:37(para)
4334msgid ""
4335"Paths are curves (known as Bézier-curves). In <acronym>GIMP</acronym> it's "
4336"very easy to learn and to use them. To understand their concepts and "
4337"mechanism you can go to the glossary <link linkend=\"glossary-bezier-curve"
4338"\">Bézier-curve</link> or to Wikipedia <ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/"
4339"wiki/B&#xE9;zier_curve\"> http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bézier_curve</ulink>. "
4340"It is a very powerful tool to design sophisticated forms. To use it in "
4341"<acronym>GIMP</acronym> you must operate by two successive ways: 1st Create "
4342"the path and 2nd Stroke path."
4343msgstr ""
4344"Een pad is een eendimensinale kromme. Er zijn twee redenen om paden te "
4345"gebruiken:"
4346
4347#: src/using/paths.xml:48(para)
4348msgid ""
4349"According to the terminology used in <acronym>GIMP</acronym>, <quote>Stroke "
4350"path</quote> means here to apply a specific style to the path (color, width, "
4351"pattern... )."
4352msgstr ""
4353
4354#: src/using/paths.xml:53(para)
4355msgid "Paths are used for two main purposes:"
4356msgstr ""
4357
4358#: src/using/paths.xml:58(para)
4359msgid "A closed path can be converted into a selection."
4360msgstr "Een gesloten pad kan gebruikt worden om een selectie te maken."
4361
4362#: src/using/paths.xml:61(para)
4363msgid ""
4364"An open or closed path can be <emphasis>stroked</emphasis>, that is, painted "
4365"on the image, in a variety of ways."
4366msgstr ""
4367"Een open of gesloten pad kan op verschillende manieren in een afbeelding "
4368"getekend worden."
4369
4370#: src/using/paths.xml:69(phrase)
4371msgid "Illustration of four different path creating."
4372msgstr "Vier voorbeelden van paden in <acronym>GIMP</acronym>"
4373
4374#: src/using/paths.xml:76(para)
4375msgid ""
4376"Four examples of GIMP paths: one closed and polygonal; one open and "
4377"polygonal; one closed and curved; one with a mixture of straight and curved "
4378"segments."
4379msgstr ""
4380"Vier voorbeelden van paden in <acronym>GIMP</acronym> : een gesloten en "
4381"rechthoekig, een open en rechthoekig; een open en gekromd en een met een "
4382"afwisselend rechte en kromme segmenten."
4383
4384#: src/using/paths.xml:86(phrase)
4385msgid "Path Creating"
4386msgstr ""
4387
4388#: src/using/paths.xml:88(para)
4389msgid ""
4390"At this step you can design a skeleton of wished form; this skeleton will be "
4391"modified later by various ways. To do this you can go to <link linkend="
4392"\"gimp-tool-path\">Paths</link>. A short example will be useful to "
4393"understand the creating process."
4394msgstr ""
4395"Paden kunnen met het Pad gereedschap gemaakt en bewerkt worden. Net als "
4396"lagen en kanalen zijn paden onderdelen van een afbeelding. Als een "
4397"afbeelding in het eigen <acronym>XCF</acronym>-formaat opgeslagen wordt, "
4398"worden de controle punten van de paden daar ook in opgeslagen. De lijst van "
4399"paden in een afbeelding kan bekeken en bewerkt worden met het paden "
4400"dialoogvenster. Als u een pad van de ene naar de andere afbeelding wilt "
4401"verplaatsen kunt u kopieëren en plakken met behulp van het oppop menu van "
4402"het voorgenoemde venster, of door een icoon uit dit dialoogvenster met de "
4403"muis in het afbeeldingsvenster van de andere afbeelding te slepen."
4404
4405#: src/using/paths.xml:96(para)
4406msgid ""
4407"In menu click <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu><guimenuitem>Path</"
4408"guimenuitem></menuchoice> in image window"
4409msgstr ""
4410
4411#: src/using/paths.xml:102(para)
4412msgid "or on the relevant icon <placeholder-1/> in toolbox"
4413msgstr ""
4414
4415#: src/using/paths.xml:108(para)
4416msgid "or use hotkey <keycap>B</keycap>"
4417msgstr ""
4418
4419#: src/using/paths.xml:111(para)
4420msgid ""
4421"Your pointer changes into a pen feature with a curve beginning; if you left-"
4422"click in the image you print a point (white inner circle with a black "
4423"border); moving mouse and left-clicking again you create automatically a "
4424"second point linked to previous one. You can carry on as often as you wish "
4425"it to design a polyline, but to learn you need two points only. Now if you "
4426"approach pointer close to segment ranging between the two points, the little "
4427"<quote>+</quote> close to pointer changes into a cross (for moving). Now "
4428"press down left button moving pointer to any side."
4429msgstr ""
4430"Paden worden in <acronym>GIMP</acronym> als \"Bezier kromme's\" behandeld. "
4431"In de praktijk betekend dit dat hun vorm door <emphasis>Ankers</emphasis> en "
4432"<emphasis>handvaten</emphasis> vastgelegd wordt. \"Ankers\" zijn de punten "
4433"waar het pad doorheen gaat. \"handvaten\" bepalen de richting van het pad "
4434"bij binnenkomst en uitgaan van het ankerpunt: Bij ieder ankerpunt horen twee "
4435"handvaten."
4436
4437#: src/using/paths.xml:122(para)
4438msgid ""
4439"Then two events occur. One is a bending of the segment to the moving "
4440"direction and this bending is proportional to displacement. The second "
4441"reveals two segments ended with squares (named handles) at the two curve "
4442"ends . If you place the mouse pointer on these squares it changes into a "
4443"pointing finger. Now, if you click-and-drag you can see the consequence on "
4444"the curve feature. By this mean you can change the starting curve "
4445"orientation as well as its <quote>lengthening</quote> on modified side."
4446msgstr ""
4447"Paden kunnen erg ingewikkeld zijn. Als u ze zelf handmatig met het "
4448"padgereedschap maakt zullen ze zelden uit meer dan een stuk of tien punten "
4449"bestaan. Als u ze maakt door een selectie of een tekst naar een pad om te "
4450"zetten, kan dit echter een pad opleveren met honderden of zelfs duizenden "
4451"anker- en handvaten."
4452
4453#: src/using/paths.xml:134(phrase)
4454msgid "Appearance of a path while it is being manipulated using the Path tool."
4455msgstr "De weergave van een pad terwijl het bewerkt wordt."
4456
4457#: src/using/paths.xml:144(para)
4458msgid ""
4459"Black squares are anchor points, the open circle is the selected anchor, and "
4460"the two open squares are its handles. Note that this path has two components."
4461msgstr ""
4462"Zwarte vierkanten zijn ankerpunten, de open cirkel is het geselecteerde "
4463"ankerpunt en de twee open vierkantjes zijn de handvaten ervan. Verder ziet u "
4464"dat het pad uit twee losse onderdelen bestaat"
4465
4466#: src/using/paths.xml:152(para)
4467msgid ""
4468"Paths can be created and manipulated using the <link linkend=\"gimp-tool-path"
4469"\">Path tool</link>. Paths, like layers and channels, are components of an "
4470"image. When an image is saved in GIMP's native XCF file format, any paths it "
4471"has are saved along with it. The list of paths in an image can be viewed and "
4472"operated on using the <link linkend=\"gimp-path-dialog\">Paths dialog</"
4473"link>. If you want to move a path from one image to another, you can do so "
4474"by copying and pasting using the pop-up menu in the Paths dialog, or by "
4475"dragging an icon from the Paths dialog into the destination image's window."
4476msgstr ""
4477"Een pad kan uit meerdere <emphasis>componenten</emphasis> bestaan. Een "
4478"\"component\"is een deel van een pad waarvan de ankerpunten allemaal "
4479"onderling met pad-segmenten verbonden zijn. Omdat een pad uit meerdere, niet-"
4480"verbonden componenten kan bestaan kunt u het omzetten naar een selectie die "
4481"uit meerdere verschillende onderdelen bestaat."
4482
4483#: src/using/paths.xml:165(para)
4484msgid ""
4485"GIMP paths belong to a mathematical type called <quote>Bezier paths</quote>. "
4486"What this means in practical terms is that they are defined by "
4487"<emphasis>anchors</emphasis> and <emphasis>handles</emphasis>. "
4488"<quote>Anchors</quote> are points the path goes through. <quote>Handles</"
4489"quote> define the direction of a path when it enters or leaves an anchor "
4490"point: each anchor point has two handles attached to it."
4491msgstr ""
4492"Ieder onderdeel van een pad kan <emphasis>open</emphasis> of "
4493"<emphasis>gesloten</emphasis> zijn: \"Gesloten\" betekent dat het laatste "
4494"ankerpunt met het eerste verbonden is. Als u een selectie van een open pad "
4495"maakt, wordt dit eerst automatisch gesloten door de eind- en beginpunten met "
4496"een rechte lijn te verbinden."
4497
4498#: src/using/paths.xml:174(para)
4499msgid ""
4500"Paths can be very complex. If you create them by hand using the Path tool, "
4501"unless you are obsessive they probably won't contain more than a few dozen "
4502"anchor points (often many fewer); but if you create them by transforming a "
4503"selection into a path, or by transforming text into a path, the result can "
4504"easily contain hundreds of anchor points, or even thousands."
4505msgstr ""
4506"Onderdelen van een pad zijn recht of gebogen. Een pad met alleen rechte "
4507"onderdelen wordt \"polygoon\" genoemd. Een pad-onderdeel wordt als een "
4508"rechte lijn aangemaakt omdat de handvaten dan op dezelfde plaats als het "
4509"ankerpunt, op een afstand 0, ervandaan staan, hierdoor ontstaan rechte "
4510"verbindingsstukken. Als u een handvaten bij het ankerpunt vandaan sleept kan "
4511"er vervolgens een gekromd pad-segment ontstaan."
4512
4513#: src/using/paths.xml:182(para)
4514msgid ""
4515"A path may contain multiple <emphasis>components</emphasis>. A "
4516"<quote>component</quote> is a part of a path whose anchor points are all "
4517"connected to each other by path segments. The ability to have multiple "
4518"components in paths allows you to convert them into selections having "
4519"multiple disconnected parts."
4520msgstr ""
4521"Een van de aangename aspecten van paden is dat ze weinig beslag op de "
4522"systeembronnen leggen, zeker in vergelijking met plaatjes. Een pad wordt in "
4523"het computer geheugen alleen vastgelegd door de anker- en handvaten en een "
4524"kilobyte geheugen is dus al snel genoeg om een behoorlijk ingewikkeld pad in "
4525"op te slaan, maar niet genoeg om een zelfs een RGB-plaatje van 20x20 "
4526"beeldpunten in op te slaan. Daarom kunt u enige honderden paden in een "
4527"afbeelding aanmaken zonder daarmee uw computer merkbaar zwaar te belasten. "
4528"(Het overzicht over zoveel paden houden, levert <emphasis>u</emphasis> zelf "
4529"echter wel een hoop inspanning op, maar dat is een ander probleem). Zelfs "
4530"een pad met duizenden segmenten levert een minimale systeembelasting op "
4531"vergeleken met die van een typische laag of kanaal."
4532
4533#: src/using/paths.xml:190(para)
4534msgid ""
4535"Each component of a path can be either <emphasis>open</emphasis> or "
4536"<emphasis>closed</emphasis>: <quote>closed</quote> means that the last "
4537"anchor point is connected to the first anchor point. If you transform a path "
4538"into a selection, any open components are automatically converted into "
4539"closed components by connecting the last anchor point to the first anchor "
4540"point with a straight line."
4541msgstr ""
4542
4543#: src/using/paths.xml:198(para)
4544msgid ""
4545"Path segments can be either straight or curved. A path all of whose segments "
4546"are straight is called <quote>polygonal</quote>. When you create a path "
4547"segment, it starts out straight, because the handles for the anchor points "
4548"are initially placed directly on top of the anchor points, yielding handles "
4549"of zero length, which produce straight-line segments. You can make a segment "
4550"curved by dragging a handle away from one of the anchor points."
4551msgstr ""
4552
4553#: src/using/paths.xml:207(para)
4554msgid ""
4555"One nice thing about paths is that they are very light in terms of resource "
4556"consumption, especially in comparison with images. Representing a path in "
4557"RAM only requires storing the coordinates of its anchors and handles: 1K of "
4558"memory is enough to hold quite a complex path, but not enough to hold even a "
4559"20x20 pixel RGB layer. Therefore, it is quite possible to have literally "
4560"hundreds of paths in an image without putting any significant stress of your "
4561"system. (How much stress managing them would put on <emphasis>you</emphasis> "
4562"is, of course, another question.) Even a path with thousands of segments "
4563"consumes minimal resources in comparison to a typical layer or channel."
4564msgstr ""
4565
4566#: src/using/paths.xml:222(phrase)
4567msgid "Paths and Selections"
4568msgstr "Paden en selecties"
4569
4570#: src/using/paths.xml:224(para)
4571msgid ""
4572"GIMP lets you transform the selection for an image into a path; it also lets "
4573"you transform paths into selections. For information about the selection and "
4574"how it works, see the <link linkend=\"gimp-concepts-selection\">Selection</"
4575"link> section."
4576msgstr ""
4577"In <acronym>GIMP</acronym> kunt u een pad in een slectie omzetten en vice "
4578"versa. Meer uitleg daarover kunt u in het hoofdstuk over <link linkend="
4579"\"gimp-concepts-selection\">Selecties</link> vinden."
4580
4581#: src/using/paths.xml:230(para)
4582msgid ""
4583"When you transform a selection into a path, the path closely follows the "
4584"<quote>marching ants</quote>. Now, the selection is a two-dimensional "
4585"entity, but a path is a one-dimensional entity, so there is no way to "
4586"transform the selection into a path without losing information. In fact, any "
4587"information about partially selected areas (i.e., feathering) will be lost "
4588"when the selection is turned into a path. If the path is transformed back "
4589"into a selection, the result is an all-or-none selection, similar to what "
4590"would be obtained by executing \"Sharpen\" from the Select menu."
4591msgstr ""
4592"Als u een selectie in een pad omzet, volgt het pad de lijn van de "
4593"marcherende mieren. Zoals u misschien nog kunt herinneren, hoeft een "
4594"selectie niet scherp begrenst te zijn, naast een positie is er ook nog een "
4595"\"selectiesterkte\", een pad is echter een lijn die op een bepaalde "
4596"selectiesterkte gelegd moet worden. Bij de omzetting van een selectie naar "
4597"een pad kan er dus informatie verloren gaan. Als u vervolgens het pad weer "
4598"naar een selectie omzet is deze selectie een alles-of-niets selectie; deze "
4599"twee bewerkingen hebben dus een vergelijkbaar resultaat als het uitvoeren "
4600"van het <guimenuitem>ver<accel>s</accel>cherpen</guimenuitem>uit het "
4601"<guimenu><accel>s</accel>electeren</guimenu>-menu."
4602
4603#: src/using/paths.xml:244(phrase)
4604msgid "Transforming Paths"
4605msgstr ""
4606
4607#: src/using/paths.xml:246(para)
4608msgid ""
4609"Each of the Transform tools (Rotate, Scale, Perspective, etc) can be set to "
4610"act specifically on paths, using the <quote>Affect:</quote> option in the "
4611"tool's Tool Options dialog. This gives you a powerful set of methods for "
4612"altering the shapes of paths without affecting other elements of the image."
4613msgstr ""
4614
4615#: src/using/paths.xml:253(para)
4616msgid ""
4617"By default a Transform tool, when it is set to affect paths, only acts on a "
4618"single path: the <emphasis>active path</emphasis> for the image, which is "
4619"shown highlighted in the Paths dialog. You can make a transformation affect "
4620"more than one path, and possibly other things as well, using the "
4621"<quote>transform lock</quote> buttons in the Paths dialog. Not only paths, "
4622"but also layers and channels, can be transform-locked. If you transform one "
4623"element that is transform-locked, all others will be transformed in the same "
4624"way. So, for example, if you want to scale a layer and a path by the same "
4625"amount, click the transform-lock buttons so that <quote>chain</quote> "
4626"symbols appear next to the layer in the Layers dialog, and the path in the "
4627"Paths dialog; then use the Scale tool on either the layer or the path, and "
4628"the other will automatically follow."
4629msgstr ""
4630
4631#: src/using/paths.xml:272(phrase)
4632msgid "Stroking a Path"
4633msgstr ""
4634
4635#: src/using/paths.xml:276(phrase)
4636msgid ""
4637"The four paths from the top illustration, each stroked in a different way."
4638msgstr ""
4639
4640#: src/using/paths.xml:287(para)
4641msgid ""
4642"Paths do not alter the appearance of the image pixel data unless they are "
4643"<emphasis>stroked</emphasis>, using <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</"
4644"guimenu><guimenuitem>Stroke Path</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the image "
4645"menu or the Paths dialog right-click menu, or the <quote>Stroke Path</quote> "
4646"button in the Tool Options dialog for the Path tool."
4647msgstr ""
4648
4649#: src/using/paths.xml:295(para)
4650msgid ""
4651"Choosing <quote>Stroke Path</quote> by any of these means brings up a dialog "
4652"that allows you to control the way the stroking is done. You can choose from "
4653"a wide variety of line styles, or you can stroke with any of the Paint "
4654"tools, including unusual ones such as the Clone tool, Smudge tool, Eraser, "
4655"etc."
4656msgstr ""
4657
4658#: src/using/paths.xml:304(phrase)
4659msgid "The <guilabel>Stroke Path</guilabel> dialog."
4660msgstr ""
4661
4662#: src/using/paths.xml:314(para)
4663msgid ""
4664"You can further increase the range of stroking effects by stroking a path "
4665"multiple times, or by using lines or brushes of different widths. The "
4666"possibilities for getting interesting effects in this way are almost "
4667"unlimited."
4668msgstr ""
4669
4670#: src/using/paths.xml:323(phrase)
4671msgid "Paths and Text"
4672msgstr "Paden en tekst"
4673
4674#: src/using/paths.xml:327(phrase)
4675msgid "Text converted to a path"
4676msgstr ""
4677
4678#: src/using/paths.xml:334(para)
4679msgid ""
4680"Text converted to a path and then transformed using the Perspective tool."
4681msgstr ""
4682"Een tekst die naar een pad is omgezeten en met het perspectief gereedschap "
4683"vervormd is."
4684
4685#: src/using/paths.xml:345(para)
4686msgid ""
4687"The path shown above, stroked with a fuzzy brush and then gradient-mapped "
4688"using the Gradient Map filter with the <quote>Yellow Contrast</quote> "
4689"gradient."
4690msgstr ""
4691"Hetzelfde pad, overgetrokken met een vaag penseel waarna er een verlooptint "
4692"op afgebeeld werd die met het <quote>Gele contrastfilter</quote> bewerkt is."
4693
4694#: src/using/paths.xml:353(para)
4695msgid ""
4696"A text item created using the Text tool can be transformed into a path using "
4697"the <guibutton>Create path from text</guibutton> button in the Tool Options "
4698"for the Text tool. This can be useful for several purposes, including:"
4699msgstr ""
4700"Een tekst object dat met het tekst gereedschap gemaakt is kan in een pad "
4701"omgezet worden met de \"Create path from text\" knop in het "
4702"gereedschapsopties dialoogvenster van het tekst gereedschap. Dit kan handig "
4703"zijn voor een aantal doelen, waaronder:"
4704
4705#: src/using/paths.xml:361(para)
4706msgid "Stroking the path, which gives you many possibilities for fancy text."
4707msgstr "Het pad overtrekken met een penseel om creatieve tekst te maken."
4708
4709#: src/using/paths.xml:367(para)
4710msgid ""
4711"More importantly, transforming the text. Converting text into a path, then "
4712"transforming the path, and finally either stroking the path or converting it "
4713"to a selection and filling it, often leads to much higher-quality results "
4714"than rendering the text as a layer and transforming the pixel data."
4715msgstr ""
4716"Belangrijker nog, het vervormen van tekst; Als de tekst naar een pad omgezet "
4717"wordt, dat daarna getransformeerd wordt en daarna pas overgetrokken of "
4718"gevuld wordt ziet het einderesultaat er vaak beter uit dan waneer u het "
4719"overtrekken en vullen eerst doet, en tenslotte de tekst als een verzameling "
4720"beeldpunten transformeert."
4721
4722#: src/using/paths.xml:379(phrase)
4723msgid "Paths and <acronym>SVG</acronym> files"
4724msgstr "Paden en <acronym>SVG</acronym> bestanden"
4725
4726#: src/using/paths.xml:381(para)
4727msgid ""
4728"<acronym>SVG</acronym>, standing for <quote>Scalable Vector Graphics</"
4729"quote>, is an increasingly popular file format for <emphasis>vector "
4730"graphics</emphasis>, in which graphical elements are represented in a "
4731"resolution-independent format, in contrast to <emphasis>raster graphics</"
4732"emphasis>; in which graphical elements are represented as arrays of pixels. "
4733"GIMP is mainly a raster graphics program, but paths are vector entities."
4734msgstr ""
4735"<acronym>SVG</acronym> staat voor \"Scalable Vector Graphics\" ofterwijl "
4736"schaalbare vectortekening en wordt steeds populairder als bestandsformaat "
4737"voor vectortekeningen. In deze tekeningen worden onderdelen resolutie-"
4738"onafhankelijk opgeslagen, in tegenstelling tot rooster-afbeeldingen die uit "
4739"gekleurde beeldpunten opgebouwd worden. <acronym>GIMP</acronym> is "
4740"voornamelijk op rooster-afbeeldingen gerich maar paden worden beschreven als "
4741"vectoren."
4742
4743#: src/using/paths.xml:389(para)
4744msgid ""
4745"Fortunately, paths are represented in <acronym>SVG</acronym> files in almost "
4746"exactly the same way they are represented in GIMP. (Actually fortune has "
4747"nothing to do with it: GIMP's path handling was rewritten for GIMP 2.0 with "
4748"SVG paths in mind.) This compatibility makes it possible to store GIMP paths "
4749"as <acronym>SVG</acronym> files without losing any information. You can "
4750"access this capability in the Paths dialog."
4751msgstr ""
4752"<acronym>GIMP</acronym> geeft paden op bijna dezelfde manier weer als ze in "
4753"<acronym>SVG</acronym>-bestanden worden opgeslagen, hierdoor kunnen ze "
4754"zonder informatieverlies in <acronym>SVG</acronym>-bestanden worden "
4755"opgeslagen."
4756
4757#: src/using/paths.xml:398(para)
4758msgid ""
4759"It also means that GIMP can create paths from <acronym>SVG</acronym> files "
4760"saved in other programs, such as <application>Inkscape</application> or "
4761"<application>Sodipodi</application>, two popular open-source vector graphics "
4762"applications. This is nice because those programs have much more powerful "
4763"path-manipulation tools than GIMP does. You can import a path from an "
4764"<acronym>SVG</acronym> file using the Paths dialog."
4765msgstr ""
4766"Dit betekent ook dat <acronym>GIMP</acronym> ook paden kan maken van "
4767"<acronym>SVG</acronym>-bestanden die door andere programma's gemaakt zijn, "
4768"zoals <application>Inkscape</application> of <application>Sodipodi</"
4769"application>; twee populaire open-source vector-tekenprogramma's. Deze "
4770"programma's hebben vaak iets geavanceerdere bewerkingsmogelijkheden voor "
4771"paden dan <acronym>GIMP</acronym> en leveren zo een nuttige aanvulling op "
4772"het teken-arsenaal. U kunt een <acronym>SVG</acronym>-bestand via het paden-"
4773"dialoogvenster impprteren."
4774
4775#: src/using/paths.xml:408(para)
4776msgid ""
4777"The <acronym>SVG</acronym> format handles many other graphical elements than "
4778"just paths: among other things, it handles figures such as squares, "
4779"rectangles, circles, ellipses, regular polygons, etc. GIMP 2.0 cannot do "
4780"anything with these entities, but GIMP 2.2 can load them as paths."
4781msgstr ""
4782"Het <acronym>SVG</acronym>-formaat hent ook andere objecten dan aleen paden: "
4783"het kent ondermeer figuren als vierkanten, rechthoeken,cirkels, ellipsen, "
4784"regelmatige veelhoeken en nog veel meer. <acronym>GIMP</acronym>-2.0 kan "
4785"niets met deze objecten doen, maar <acronym>GIMP</acronym>-2.2 kan ze als "
4786"paden in de afbeelding opnemen."
4787
4788#: src/using/paths.xml:416(para)
4789msgid ""
4790"Creating paths is not the only thing GIMP can do with <acronym>SVG</acronym> "
4791"files. It can also open <acronym>SVG</acronym> files as GIMP images, in the "
4792"usual way."
4793msgstr ""
4794"<acronym>GIMP</acronym> kan <acronym>SVG</acronym>-bestanden niet alleen "
4795"gebruiken om paden aan te maken, maar kan deze bestanden ook als "
4796"<acronym>GIMP</acronym>-afbeeldingen openen op de gebruikelijke manier."
4797
4798#: src/using/layers.xml:7(phrase)
4799msgid "Creating New Layers"
4800msgstr ""
4801
4802#: src/using/layers.xml:10(primary)
4803msgid "Layer"
4804msgstr ""
4805
4806#: src/using/layers.xml:11(secondary)
4807msgid "Creating new layers"
4808msgstr ""
4809
4810#: src/using/layers.xml:13(para)
4811msgid ""
4812"There are several ways to create new layers in an image. Here are the most "
4813"important ones:"
4814msgstr ""
4815
4816#: src/using/layers.xml:19(para)
4817msgid ""
4818"Selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>Layer</guimenu><guimenuitem>New Layer</"
4819"guimenuitem></menuchoice> in the image menu. This brings up a dialog that "
4820"allows you to set the basic properties of the new layer; see the <link "
4821"linkend=\"gimp-layer-new\">New Layer dialog</link> section for help with it."
4822msgstr ""
4823
4824#: src/using/layers.xml:28(para)
4825msgid ""
4826"Selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>Layer</guimenu><guimenuitem>Duplicate Layer</"
4827"guimenuitem></menuchoice> in the image menu. This creates a new layer, that "
4828"is a perfect copy of the currently active layer, just above the active layer."
4829msgstr ""
4830
4831#: src/using/layers.xml:36(para)
4832msgid ""
4833"When you <quote>cut</quote> or <quote>copy</quote> something, and then paste "
4834"it using Ctrl-V or <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Paste</"
4835"guimenuitem></menuchoice>, the result is a <quote>floating selection</"
4836"quote>, which is a sort of temporary layer. Before you can do anything else, "
4837"you either have to anchor the floating selection to an existing layer, or "
4838"convert it into a normal layer. If you do the latter, the new layer will be "
4839"sized just large enough to contain the pasted material."
4840msgstr ""
4841
4842#: src/using/grid-and-guides.xml:13(revnumber)
4843msgid "$Revision: 2641 $"
4844msgstr ""
4845
4846#: src/using/grid-and-guides.xml:14(date)
4847msgid "2006-03-10"
4848msgstr ""
4849
4850#: src/using/grid-and-guides.xml:15(authorinitials)
4851msgid "lexa"
4852msgstr ""
4853
4854#: src/using/grid-and-guides.xml:20(phrase)
4855msgid "Rendering a Grid"
4856msgstr ""
4857
4858#: src/using/grid-and-guides.xml:22(para)
4859msgid ""
4860"How can you create a grid that is actually part of the image? You can't do "
4861"this using the image grid: that is only an aid, and is only visible on the "
4862"monitor or in a screenshot. You can, however, use the <link linkend=\"plug-"
4863"in-grid\">Grid</link> plugin to render a grid very similar to the image "
4864"grid. (Actually, the plugin has substantially more options.)"
4865msgstr ""
4866
4867#: src/using/grid-and-guides.xml:30(para)
4868msgid ""
4869"See also <link linkend=\"gimp-concepts-image-grid\">Grid and Guides</link>."
4870msgstr ""
4871
4872#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
4873#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
4874#: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:66(None)
4875msgid ""
4876"@@image: 'images/using/unstuck-floating-sel.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
4877msgstr ""
4878
4879#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
4880#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
4881#: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:94(None)
4882msgid ""
4883"@@image: 'images/using/unstuck-show-selection-menu.png'; md5=THIS FILE "
4884"DOESN'T EXIST"
4885msgstr ""
4886
4887#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
4888#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
4889#: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:132(None)
4890msgid ""
4891"@@image: 'images/using/unstuck-select-all.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
4892msgstr ""
4893
4894#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
4895#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
4896#: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:167(None)
4897msgid ""
4898"@@image: 'images/using/unstuck-layers-dialog-invislayer.png'; md5=THIS FILE "
4899"DOESN'T EXIST"
4900msgstr ""
4901
4902#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
4903#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
4904#: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:204(None)
4905msgid ""
4906"@@image: 'images/using/unstuck-layers-dialog-transparentlayer.png'; md5=THIS "
4907"FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
4908msgstr ""
4909
4910#: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:26(phrase)
4911#: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:30(secondary)
4912msgid "Getting Unstuck"
4913msgstr "Vastlopen oplossen"
4914
4915#: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:29(primary)
4916msgid "GIMP"
4917msgstr ""
4918
4919#: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:34(phrase)
4920msgid "Stuck!"
4921msgstr "Vastgelopen!"
4922
4923#: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:36(para)
4924msgid ""
4925"All right, okay: you're stuck. You're trying to use one of the tools on an "
4926"image, and nothing is happening, and nothing you try makes any difference. "
4927"Your fists are starting to clench, and your face is starting to feel warm. "
4928"Are you going to have to kill the program, and lose all your work? This "
4929"sucks!"
4930msgstr ""
4931"Hmmmm, de zaak lijkt vast te zitten. U probeert met een gereedschap een "
4932"bewerking uit te voeren, maar er gebeurd eenvoudig niets en niets lijkt te "
4933"helpen. Na enige tijd breekt het zweet uit en bekruipt u het onheimelijke "
4934"gevoel dat er niets anders op zit dan het programma af te schieten en de "
4935"laatste bewerkingen waar u zo uw best op heeft gedaan, kwijt te raken. Niet "
4936"echt wenselijk dus."
4937
4938#: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:43(para)
4939msgid ""
4940"Well, hold on a second. This happens pretty frequently, even to people "
4941"who've used GIMP for a long time, but generally the cause is not so hard to "
4942"figure out (and fix) if you know what to look at. Lets be calm, and go "
4943"through a checklist that will probably get you GIMPing happily again."
4944msgstr ""
4945"Dit gebeurd regelmatig, zelfs bij mensen die <acronym>GIMP</acronym> al lang "
4946"gebruiken. Meestal is de reden voor het steken niet zo moeilijk te vinden "
4947"(en te corrigeren) als u de kans neemt om u even rustig te realiseren "
4948"waarmee u ook weer bezig was. Het credo is dus kalm blijven en een "
4949"checklijst door te nemen waarna de kans groot is dat u toch weer makkelijk "
4950"door kunt blijven <acronym>GIMP</acronym>en."
4951
4952#: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:52(phrase)
4953msgid "Common Causes of GIMP Non-Responsiveness"
4954msgstr "Valse paniekmomenten in GIMP"
4955
4956#: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:56(phrase)
4957msgid "There is a floating selection"
4958msgstr "Er is een drijvende selectie"
4959
4960#: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:60(phrase)
4961msgid "Layers dialog showing a floating selection."
4962msgstr "Het lagendialoogvenster laat een drijvende selectie zien."
4963
4964#: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:70(para)
4965msgid ""
4966"<emphasis>How to tell:</emphasis> If there is a floating selection, many "
4967"actions are impossible until it is anchored. To check, look at the Layers "
4968"dialog (making sure it's set to the image you're working on) and see whether "
4969"the top layer is called <quote>Floating Selection</quote>."
4970msgstr ""
4971"<emphasis>Wat is het probleem:</emphasis> Op een zwevende selectie zijn veel "
4972"bewerkingen niet uit te voeren en moet ze dus verankerd worden. Of de "
4973"selectie zwevend is, kunt u in het Lagendialoogvenster zien, Deze laat dan "
4974"een bovenste laag genaamd <quote>Drijvende selectie</quote> zien."
4975
4976#: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:76(para)
4977msgid ""
4978"<emphasis>How to solve:</emphasis> Either anchor the floating selection, or "
4979"convert it into an ordinary (non-floating) layer. If you need help on how to "
4980"do this, see <link linkend=\"glossary-floatingselection\"> Floating "
4981"Selections </link>."
4982msgstr ""
4983"<emphasis>Oplossing:</emphasis> Veranker de selectie of zet hem om in een "
4984"normale (niet drijvende-) laag. Meer hulp hierbij willen we in het hoofdstuk "
4985"over Drijvende selecties beschikbaar maken."
4986
4987#: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:86(phrase)
4988msgid "The selection is hidden"
4989msgstr "De selectie is niet zichtbaar"
4990
4991#: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:90(phrase)
4992msgid "Unstuck show selection menu"
4993msgstr "Een probleem met de zichtbaarheid van de selectie."
4994
4995#: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:97(para)
4996msgid "In the View menu, make sure that \"Show Selection\" is checked."
4997msgstr ""
4998"Vergewis u ervan of <guimenuitem>Selectie <accel>t</accel>onen</guimenuitem> "
4999"in het <guimenu>Beel<accel>d</accel></guimenu>-menu wel aangevinkt staat."
5000
5001#: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:103(para)
5002msgid ""
5003"<emphasis>How to tell:</emphasis> If this is the problem, merely reading "
5004"this will already have made you realize it, probably, but to explain in any "
5005"case: sometimes the flickering line that outlines the selection is annoying "
5006"because it makes it hard to see important details of the image, so GIMP "
5007"gives you the option of hiding the selection, by unchecking "
5008"<guimenuitem>Show Selection</guimenuitem> in the <guimenu>View</guimenu> "
5009"menu. It is easy to forget that you have done this, though."
5010msgstr ""
5011"<emphasis>Wat is het probleem:</emphasis> Als dit het probleem is, "
5012"realiseert u zich dat nu vast al. Het ontstaat bij het verstoppen van de "
5013"selectielijn. Dit kan namelijk soms handig zijn, bijvoorbeeld bij een zeer "
5014"gedetaillerd selectieverloop. Hierbij kan de marcherende mierenlijn het "
5015"moeilijkier maken de precieze loop van de selectie te volgen en is het "
5016"handiger om hem uit te zetten. Het is echter makkelijk te vergeten dat u dit "
5017"via het <guimenu>Beel<accel>d</accel></guimenu> en <guimenuitem>Selectie "
5018"<accel>t</accel>onen</guimenuitem> gedaan heeft."
5019
5020#: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:113(para)
5021msgid ""
5022"<emphasis>How to fix:</emphasis> If this hasn't rung any bells, it isn't the "
5023"problem, and if it has, you probably know how to fix it, because it doesn't "
5024"happen unless you explicitly tell it to; but anyway: just go to the "
5025"<guimenu>View</guimenu> menu for the image and, if <guimenuitem>Show "
5026"Selection</guimenuitem> is unchecked, click on it.."
5027msgstr ""
5028"<emphasis>Oplossing:</emphasis> Als het vakje bij <guimenuitem>Selectie "
5029"<accel>t</accel>onen</guimenuitem> uit het <guimenu><accel>B</accel>eeld</"
5030"guimenu> niet aangevinkt staat dient u dat dus aan te vinken door er op te "
5031"klikken."
5032
5033#: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:124(phrase)
5034msgid "You are acting outside of the selection"
5035msgstr "U probeert iets buiten de selectie te doen"
5036
5037#: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:128(phrase)
5038msgid "Unstuck select all"
5039msgstr ""
5040"Oplossen door <guimenuitem><accel>A</accel>lles</guimenuitem> te selecteren"
5041
5042#: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:135(para)
5043msgid ""
5044"Click <quote>All</quote> in the Select menu to make sure that everything is "
5045"selected."
5046msgstr ""
5047"Door op <guimenuitem><accel>A</accel>lles</guimenuitem> in het "
5048"<guimenu><accel>S</accel>electeren</guimenu> -menu te klikken kunt u zorgen "
5049"dat alles geselecteerd staat."
5050
5051#: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:142(para)
5052msgid ""
5053"<emphasis>How to fix:</emphasis> If doing this has destroyed a selection "
5054"that you wanted to keep, hit Ctrl-Z (undo) a couple of times to restore it, "
5055"and then we'll figure out what the problem is. There are a couple of "
5056"possibilities. If you couldn't see any selection, there may have been a very "
5057"tiny one, or even one that contained no pixels. If this was the case, it "
5058"surely is not a selection that you wanted to keep, so why have you gotten "
5059"this far in the first place? If you can see a selection but thought you were "
5060"inside it, it might be inverted from what you think. The easiest way to tell "
5061"is to hit the Quick Mask button: the selected area will be clear and the "
5062"unselected area will be masked. If this was the problem, then you can solve "
5063"it by toggling Quick Mask off and choosing Invert in the <guimenu>Select</"
5064"guimenu> menu."
5065msgstr ""
5066"<emphasis>Oplossing:</emphasis> Als op deze manier een selectie verloren is "
5067"gegaan die u had willen behouden, kunt u <keycombo><keycap>CTRL</"
5068"keycap><keycap>Z</keycap></keycombo> enkele malen gebruiken om deze weer te "
5069"herstellen en moeten we beter zoeken wat het probleem zou kunnen zijn. Er "
5070"zijn een aantal mogelijkheden. Als de selectie niet zichtbaar was, kan het "
5071"een hele kleine zijn geweest, of zelfs een waar geen enkel beeldpunt in zat. "
5072"Als dit het geval is, is dit waarschijnlijk toch niet wat u wilt en kunt u "
5073"op de voorgaande manier beter weer alle selecties uitzetten. Een andere "
5074"mogelijkheid is dat de selectie juist <quote>geïnverteerd</quote> is, dus "
5075"dat u juist níet geselecteerd heeft wat u wilde. U kunt hier snel achter "
5076"komen door het <link linkend=\"gimp-image-window-qmask-button\">snelmasker</"
5077"link> aan te zetten: De selectie wordt dan helder, zonder rode waas getoond. "
5078"Als dit het probleem was, kunt u het verhelpen door <guimenuitem><accel>I</"
5079"accel>nvert</guimenuitem> uit het <guimenu><accel>S</accel>electeren</"
5080"guimenu> te kiezen."
5081
5082#: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:159(phrase)
5083msgid "The active drawable is not visible"
5084msgstr "De actieve laag is niet zichtbaar"
5085
5086#: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:163(phrase)
5087msgid "Unstuck layer invisibility"
5088msgstr "De onzichtbaarheid van een laag oplossen"
5089
5090#: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:170(para)
5091msgid "Layers dialog with visibility off for the active layer."
5092msgstr ""
5093"Het lagen dialoogvenster met de zichtbaarheid van de actieve laag "
5094"uitgeschakeld."
5095
5096#: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:176(para)
5097msgid ""
5098"<emphasis>How to tell:</emphasis> The Layers dialog gives you ability to "
5099"toggle the visibility of each layer on or off. Look at the Layers dialog, "
5100"and see whether the layer you are trying to act on is active (i.e., "
5101"darkened) and has an eye symbol to the left of it. If not, this is your "
5102"problem."
5103msgstr ""
5104"<emphasis>Wat is het probleem:</emphasis> Het <link linkend=\"gimp-concepts-"
5105"layers\">Lagen dialoogvenster</link> biedt de mogelijkheid de zichtbaarheid "
5106"van een laag uit of aan te zetten. Als het oog-symbool van de actieve laag; "
5107"de laag in de donkere balk, niet getoond wordt is dit het het probleem."
5108
5109#: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:182(para)
5110msgid ""
5111"<emphasis>How to fix:</emphasis> If your intended target layer is not "
5112"active, click on it in the Layers dialog to activate it. (If none of the "
5113"layers there is active, the active drawable might be a channel -- you can "
5114"look at the Channels tab in the Layers dialog to see. This does not change "
5115"the solution, though.) If the eye symbol does not appear, click in the "
5116"Layers dialog at the left edge to toggle it: this should make the layer "
5117"visible. See the Help section for the <link linkend=\"gimp-layer-dialog"
5118"\">Layers Dialog</link> if you need more help."
5119msgstr ""
5120"<emphasis>Oplossing:</emphasis> Als de laag die u wilt bewerken niet actief "
5121"is, moet u er eerst in het Lagen dialoogvenster op klikken om te activeren. "
5122"(Als geen van de lagen daar actief is, is het actieve deel misschien een "
5123"kanaal en moet u verder in het kanalen tabblad kijken wat het geval is, dit "
5124"veranderd echter niets aan de oplossing) door op de plaats waar het oog zou "
5125"moeten staan te klikken, schakelt u de zichtbaarheid ervan weer aan, waarbij "
5126"dus ook het oogje verschijnt. Als u hierover meer informatie nodig heeft, "
5127"kunt u dat in de Help sectie van hetLagen dialoogvenster vinden."
5128
5129#: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:196(phrase)
5130msgid "The active drawable is transparent"
5131msgstr "De actieve laag is transparant"
5132
5133#: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:200(phrase)
5134msgid "Unstuck layer transparency"
5135msgstr "Een transparante laag oplossen"
5136
5137#: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:207(para)
5138msgid "Layers dialog with opacity set to zero for the active layer."
5139msgstr ""
5140"Het lagen dialoogvenster met de ondoorzichtigheid van de actieve laag op nul "
5141"gesteld."
5142
5143#: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:213(para)
5144msgid "<emphasis>How to fix:</emphasis> Move the slider."
5145msgstr ""
5146"<emphasis>Wat is het probleem?:</emphasis> Als u een laag bewerkt waarvan "
5147"ondoorzichtigheid nul is, zult u niets zien gebeuren. Deze situatie kunt u "
5148"herkennen als de schuifknop van de Ondoorzichtigheid in het Lagen "
5149"dialoogvenster helemaal naar links geschoven is."
5150
5151#: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:219(phrase)
5152msgid "You are trying to act outside the layer"
5153msgstr "U probeert dingen buiten de laag te doen"
5154
5155#: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:221(para)
5156msgid ""
5157"<emphasis>How to tell:</emphasis> In GIMP, layers don't need to have the "
5158"same dimensions as the image: they can be larger or smaller. If you try to "
5159"paint outside the borders of a layer, nothing happens. To see if this is "
5160"happening, look for a black-and-yellow dashed rectangle that does not "
5161"enclose the area you're trying to draw at."
5162msgstr ""
5163"<emphasis>Wat is het Probleem:</emphasis> Lagen hoeven in <acronym>GIMP</"
5164"acronym> niet dezelfde grootte als de afbeelding te hebben; ze kunnen zowel "
5165"groter als kleiner zijn. Als u bewerkingen buiten de grenzen van een laag "
5166"probeert uit te voeren gebeurd er helemaal niets. Om te zien of dit het "
5167"geval is moet u kijken of er ergens anders dan waar u probeerde te tekenen "
5168"een een geel-zwart omrande rechthoek te vinden is."
5169
5170#: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:228(para)
5171msgid ""
5172"<emphasis>How to fix:</emphasis> You need to enlarge the layer. There are "
5173"two commands at the bottom of the Layer menu that will let you do this: "
5174"Layer to Image Size, which sets the layer bounds to match the image borders; "
5175"and Layer Boundary Size, which brings up a dialog that allows you to set the "
5176"layer dimensions to whatever you please."
5177msgstr ""
5178"<emphasis>Oplossing:</emphasis> U kunt de laag vergroten. Dit kunt u met "
5179"twee opdrachten aan de onderkant van het <guimenu><accel>L</accel>aag</"
5180"guimenu>-menu doen; <guimenuitem>Laag <accel>g</accel>rensgrootte</"
5181"guimenuitem> om de laag op iedere gewenste grootte in te stellen en "
5182"<guimenuitem>Laag naar <accel>a</accel>fbeeldingsgrootte</guimenuitem> om ze "
5183"precies even groot als de afbeelding te maken."
5184
5185#: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:238(phrase)
5186msgid "The image is in indexed color mode."
5187msgstr "De afbeelding heeft geïndexeerde kleuren"
5188
5189#: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:240(para)
5190msgid ""
5191"<emphasis>How to tell:</emphasis><acronym>GIMP</acronym> can handle three "
5192"different color modes: <link linkend=\"glossary-colormodel\">RGB(A), Indexed "
5193"and Grayscale</link>. The indexed colormode uses a colormap, where all used "
5194"colors on the image are indexed. The <link linkend=\"gimp-tool-color-picker"
5195"\">color picker</link>in <acronym>GIMP</acronym> however, let you choose RGB "
5196"colors. That means, if you try to paint with a different color than it is "
5197"indexed in the colormap, you end up in very undetermined results (e.g. it "
5198"paints with the wrong color or you can't paint)."
5199msgstr ""
5200"<emphasis>Wat is het probleem:</emphasis> Kleuren kunnen in <acronym>GIMP</"
5201"acronym> volgens drie verschillende kleur modellen beschreven worden: RGB"
5202"(A), Geïndexeerd en Grijswaarden. Bij het geïndexeerde model wordt een "
5203"kleurenkaart gebruikt waar iedere kleur in de afbeelding met een min of meer "
5204"willekeurig getal gekoppeld wordt. De Kleuren kiezer van <acronym>GIMP</"
5205"acronym> laat u echter een RGB-kleur kiezen. Als hiermee dus een kleur "
5206"opppakt die niet in de kleurenkaart staat kan het resultaat nogal "
5207"onvoorspelbaar uitpakken (De verkeerde kleur of u kunt helemaal niet tekenen)"
5208
5209#: src/using/getting-unstuck.xml:250(para)
5210msgid ""
5211"<emphasis>How to fix:</emphasis> Always use the RGB Color mode to paint on "
5212"images. You can verify and select another color mode from the <link linkend="
5213"\"gimp-image-mode\">Mode</link> menuitem in the <guimenu>Image</guimenu> "
5214"menu."
5215msgstr ""
5216"<emphasis>Oplossing:</emphasis> Het is het beste om in <acronym>GIMP</"
5217"acronym> altijd de RGB-kleurenmodus te gebruiken. Met de Modus-menukeuze uit "
5218"het <guimenu><accel>A</accel>fbeelding</guimenu>smenu kunt u een andere "
5219"kleurenmodus kiezen."
5220
5221#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
5222#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
5223#: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:32(None)
5224msgid "@@image: 'images/using/logo-examples.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
5225msgstr ""
5226
5227#: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:12(phrase)
5228#: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:16(secondary)
5229#: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:23(primary)
5230#: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:67(primary)
5231msgid "Text"
5232msgstr ""
5233
5234#: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:20(phrase)
5235msgid "Embellishing Text"
5236msgstr ""
5237
5238#: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:24(secondary)
5239msgid "Embellishing text"
5240msgstr ""
5241
5242#: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:28(phrase)
5243msgid "Fancy text"
5244msgstr ""
5245
5246#: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:35(para)
5247msgid ""
5248"Four fancy text items created using logo scripts: <quote>alien neon</quote>, "
5249"<quote>bovination</quote>, <quote>frosty</quote>, and <quote>chalk</quote>. "
5250"Default settings were used for everything except font size."
5251msgstr ""
5252
5253#: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:44(para)
5254msgid ""
5255"There are many things you can do to vary the appearance of text beyond just "
5256"rendering it with different fonts or different colors. By converting a text "
5257"item to a selection or a path, you can fill it, stroke the outlines, "
5258"transform it, or generally apply the whole panoply of GIMP tools to get "
5259"interesting effects. As a demonstration of some of the possibilities, try "
5260"out the \"logo\" scripts in the Toolbox menu, at <menuchoice><guimenu>Xtns</"
5261"guimenu><guisubmenu>Script-Fu</guisubmenu><guisubmenu>Logos</guisubmenu></"
5262"menuchoice>. Each of these scripts allows you to enter some text, and then "
5263"creates a new image showing a logo constructed out of that text. If you "
5264"would like to modify one of these scripts, or construct a logo script of "
5265"your own, the <link linkend=\"gimp-concepts-script-fu\">Using Script-Fu</"
5266"link> and <link linkend=\"gimp-using-script-fu-tutorial\">Script-Fu "
5267"Tutorial</link> sections should help you get started. Of course, you don't "
5268"need Script-Fu to create these sorts of effects, only to automate them."
5269msgstr ""
5270
5271#: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:64(phrase)
5272msgid "Adding Fonts"
5273msgstr ""
5274
5275#: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:68(secondary)
5276#: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:71(primary)
5277#: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:206(primary)
5278msgid "Fonts"
5279msgstr ""
5280
5281#: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:72(secondary)
5282msgid "Add"
5283msgstr ""
5284
5285#: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:74(para)
5286msgid ""
5287"For the most authoritative and up-to-date information on fonts in GIMP, "
5288"consult the <quote>Fonts in GIMP 2.0</quote> page <xref linkend="
5289"\"bibliography-online-gimp-fonts\"/> at the GIMP web site. This section "
5290"attempts to give you a helpful overview."
5291msgstr ""
5292
5293#: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:81(para)
5294msgid ""
5295"GIMP uses the FreeType 2 font engine to render fonts, and a system called "
5296"Fontconfig to manage them. GIMP will let you use any font in Fontconfig's "
5297"font path; it will also let you use any font it finds in GIMP's font search "
5298"path, which is set on the <link linkend=\"gimp-prefs-folders-data\">Font "
5299"Folders</link> page of the Preferences dialog. By default, the font search "
5300"path includes a system GIMP-fonts folder (which you should not alter, even "
5301"though it is actually empty), and a <filename>fonts</filename> folder inside "
5302"your personal GIMP directory. You can add new folders to the font search "
5303"path if it is more convenient for you."
5304msgstr ""
5305
5306#: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:93(para)
5307msgid ""
5308"FreeType 2 is a very powerful and flexible system. By default, it supports "
5309"the following font file formats:"
5310msgstr ""
5311
5312#: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:99(para)
5313msgid "TrueType fonts (and collections)"
5314msgstr ""
5315
5316#: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:102(para)
5317msgid "Type 1 fonts"
5318msgstr ""
5319
5320#: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:105(para)
5321msgid "CID-keyed Type 1 fonts"
5322msgstr ""
5323
5324#: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:108(para)
5325msgid "CFF fonts"
5326msgstr ""
5327
5328#: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:111(para)
5329msgid "OpenType fonts (both TrueType and CFF variants)"
5330msgstr ""
5331
5332#: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:114(para)
5333msgid "SFNT-based bitmap fonts"
5334msgstr ""
5335
5336#: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:117(para)
5337msgid "X11 PCF fonts"
5338msgstr ""
5339
5340#: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:120(para)
5341msgid "Windows FNT fonts"
5342msgstr ""
5343
5344#: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:123(para)
5345msgid "BDF fonts (including anti-aliased ones)"
5346msgstr ""
5347
5348#: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:126(para)
5349msgid "PFR fonts"
5350msgstr ""
5351
5352#: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:129(para)
5353msgid "Type42 fonts (limited support)"
5354msgstr ""
5355
5356#: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:132(para)
5357msgid ""
5358"You can also add modules to support other types of font files. See FREETYPE "
5359"2 <xref linkend=\"bibliography-online-freetype\"/> for more information."
5360msgstr ""
5361
5362#: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:138(title)
5363msgid "Linux"
5364msgstr ""
5365
5366#: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:139(para)
5367msgid ""
5368"On a Linux system, if the Fontconfig utility is set up as usual, all you "
5369"need to do to add a new font is to place the file in the directory "
5370"<filename>~/.fonts</filename>. This will make the font available not only to "
5371"GIMP, but to any other program that uses Fontconfig. If for some reason you "
5372"want the font to be available to GIMP only, you can place it in the "
5373"<filename>fonts</filename> sub-directory of your personal GIMP directory, or "
5374"some other location in your font search path. Doing either will cause the "
5375"font to show up the next time you start GIMP. If you want to use it in an "
5376"already running GIMP, press the <emphasis>Refresh</emphasis> button in the "
5377"<link linkend=\"gimp-font-dialog\">Fonts dialog</link>."
5378msgstr ""
5379
5380#: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:155(title)
5381msgid "Windows"
5382msgstr ""
5383
5384#: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:156(para)
5385msgid ""
5386"The easiest way to install a font is to drag the file onto the Fonts "
5387"directory and let the shell do its magic. Unless you've done something "
5388"creative, it's probably in its default location of <filename>C:\\windows"
5389"\\fonts</filename> or <filename>C:\\winnt\\fonts</filename>. Sometimes "
5390"double-clicking on a font will install it as well as display it; sometimes "
5391"it only displays it. This method will make the font available not only to "
5392"GIMP, but also to other Windows applications."
5393msgstr ""
5394
5395#: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:167(para)
5396msgid ""
5397"To install a Type 1 file, you need both the <filename>.pfb</filename> and "
5398"<filename>.pfm</filename> files. Drag the one that gets an icon into the "
5399"fonts folder. The other one doesn't strictly need to be in the same "
5400"directory when you drag the file, since it uses some kind of search "
5401"algorithm to find it if it's not, but in any case putting it in the same "
5402"directory does no harm."
5403msgstr ""
5404
5405#: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:176(para)
5406msgid ""
5407"In principle, GIMP can use any type of font on Windows that FreeType can "
5408"handle; however, for fonts that Windows can't handle natively, you should "
5409"install them by placing the font files in the <filename>fonts</filename> "
5410"folder of your personal GIMP directory, or some other location in your font "
5411"search path. The support Windows has varies by version. All that GIMP runs "
5412"on support at least TrueType, Windows FON, and Windows FNT. Windows 2000 and "
5413"later support Type 1 and OpenType. Windows ME supports OpenType and possibly "
5414"Type 1 (but the most widely used Windows GIMP installer does not officially "
5415"support Windows ME, although it may work anyway)."
5416msgstr ""
5417
5418#: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:190(para)
5419msgid ""
5420"GIMP uses Fontconfig to manage fonts on Windows as well as Linux. The "
5421"instructions above work because Fontconfig by default uses the Windows fonts "
5422"directory, i. e., the same fonts that Windows uses itself. If for some "
5423"reason your Fontconfig is set up differently, you will have to figure out "
5424"where to put fonts so that GIMP can find them: in any case, the "
5425"<filename>fonts</filename> folder of your personal GIMP directory should "
5426"work."
5427msgstr ""
5428
5429#: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:203(phrase)
5430msgid "Font Problems"
5431msgstr ""
5432
5433#: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:207(secondary)
5434msgid "Problems"
5435msgstr ""
5436
5437#: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:209(para)
5438msgid ""
5439"Problems with fonts have probably been responsible for more GIMP 2 bug "
5440"reports than any other single cause, although they have become much less "
5441"frequent in the most recent releases in the 2.0 series. In most cases they "
5442"have been caused by malformed font files giving trouble to Fontconfig. If "
5443"you experience crashes at start-up when GIMP scans your font directories, "
5444"the best solution is to upgrade to a version of Fontconfig newer than 2.2.0. "
5445"As a quick workaround you can start gimp with the <filename>--no-fonts</"
5446"filename> command-line option, but then you will not be able to use the text "
5447"tool."
5448msgstr ""
5449
5450#: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:220(para)
5451msgid ""
5452"Another known problem is that Pango 1.2 cannot load fonts that don't provide "
5453"an Unicode character mapping. (Pango is the text layout library used by "
5454"GIMP.) A lot of symbol fonts fall into this category. On some systems, using "
5455"such a font can cause GIMP to crash. Updating to Pango 1.4 will fix this "
5456"problem and makes symbol fonts available in GIMP."
5457msgstr ""
5458
5459#: src/using/fonts-and-text.xml:227(para)
5460msgid ""
5461"A frequent source of confusion occurs on Windows systems, when GIMP "
5462"encounters a malformed font file and generates an error message: this causes "
5463"a console window to pop up so that you can see the message. <emphasis> Do "
5464"not close that console window. It is harmless, and closing it will shut down "
5465"GIMP. </emphasis> When this happens, it often seems to users that GIMP has "
5466"crashed. It hasn't: closing the console window causes Windows to shut GIMP "
5467"down. Unfortunately, this annoying situation is caused by an interaction "
5468"between Windows and the libraries that GIMP links to: it cannot be fixed "
5469"within GIMP. All you need to do, though, if this happens, is minimize the "
5470"console window and ignore it."
5471msgstr ""
5472
5473#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
5474#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
5475#: src/using/fileformats.xml:89(None)
5476msgid "@@image: 'images/using/export-dialog.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
5477msgstr ""
5478
5479#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
5480#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
5481#: src/using/fileformats.xml:138(None)
5482msgid ""
5483"@@image: 'images/using/gif-save-dialog.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
5484msgstr ""
5485
5486#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
5487#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
5488#: src/using/fileformats.xml:279(None)
5489msgid ""
5490"@@image: 'images/using/save-jpeg-dialog.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
5491msgstr ""
5492
5493#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
5494#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
5495#: src/using/fileformats.xml:574(None)
5496msgid ""
5497"@@image: 'images/using/save-png-dialog.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
5498msgstr ""
5499
5500#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
5501#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
5502#: src/using/fileformats.xml:719(None)
5503msgid ""
5504"@@image: 'images/using/save-tiff-dialog.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
5505msgstr ""
5506
5507#: src/using/fileformats.xml:19(date)
5508msgid "2007-10-06"
5509msgstr "2006-06-02"
5510
5511#: src/using/fileformats.xml:20(authorinitials)
5512msgid "ude"
5513msgstr "HansdeJ"
5514
5515#: src/using/fileformats.xml:30(para)
5516msgid ""
5517"The <acronym>GIMP</acronym> is capable of reading and writing a large "
5518"variety of graphics file formats. With the exception of <acronym>GIMP</"
5519"acronym>'s native XCF file type, file handling is done by Plugins. Thus, it "
5520"is relatively easy to extend <acronym>GIMP</acronym> to new file types when "
5521"the need arises."
5522msgstr ""
5523"<acronym>GIMP</acronym> kan een behoorlijke verscheidenheid aan grafische "
5524"beeldopformaten inlezen. Behalve het eigen <acronym>XCF</acronym>-"
5525"bestandsformaat, worden deze door <quote>plug-ins</quote> afgehandeld. "
5526"Daarom is het erg makkelijk om mogelijkheden voor nieuwe bestandsformaten in "
5527"te bouwen als dat nodig is."
5528
5529#: src/using/fileformats.xml:37(para)
5530msgid ""
5531"Not all file types are equally good for all purposes. This part of the "
5532"documentation should help you understand the advantages and disadvantages of "
5533"each type."
5534msgstr ""
5535"Niet alle bestandsformaten zijn even geschikt voor alle doeleinden. In dit "
5536"deel van de handleiding proberen we u uit te leggen wat de sterke en zwakke "
5537"punten van de verschillende formaten zijn."
5538
5539#: src/using/fileformats.xml:44(phrase)
5540msgid "Saving Images"
5541msgstr "opslaan van afbeeldingen"
5542
5543#: src/using/fileformats.xml:46(para)
5544msgid ""
5545"When you are finished working with an image, you will want to save the "
5546"results. (In fact, it is often a good idea to save at intermediate stages "
5547"too: <acronym>GIMP</acronym> is a pretty robust program, but we have heard "
5548"rumors, possibly apocryphal, that it may have been known on rare and "
5549"mysterious occasions to crash.) Most of the file formats that <acronym>GIMP</"
5550"acronym> can open, can also be used for saving. There is one file format "
5551"that is special, though: XCF is <acronym>GIMP</acronym>'s native format, and "
5552"is useful because it stores <emphasis>everything</emphasis> about an image "
5553"(well, almost everything; it does not store <quote>undo</quote> "
5554"information). Thus, the XCF format is especially suitable for saving "
5555"intermediate results, and for saving images to be re-opened later in "
5556"<acronym>GIMP</acronym>. XCF files are not readable by most other programs "
5557"that display images, so once you have finished, you will probably also want "
5558"to save the image in a more widely used format, such as JPEG, PNG, TIFF, etc."
5559msgstr ""
5560"Wanneer u klaar bent met het bewerken van een afbeelding zult u het "
5561"resultaat ervan op willen slaan. (Het is sowieso een goed idee om tijdens "
5562"het bewerken regelmatig de tussenresultaten op te slaan. <acronym>GIMP</"
5563"acronym> is een behoorlijk robuust programma, maar we hebben geruchten "
5564"gehoord, mogelijk nog uit de pre-historie, dat het in zeldzame en "
5565"mysterieuze omstandigheden wel eens is vastgelopen of afgestort.) De meeste "
5566"bestandsformaten die <acronym>GIMP</acronym> kan lezen zijn ook de formaten "
5567"waarin iets opgeslagen kan worden. Het <quote>eXperimental Computing "
5568"Facility</quote>-formaat (XCF) neemt echter een speciale plaats in: XCF is "
5569"het eigen formaat van <acronym>GIMP</acronym> en erg nuttig omdat hier "
5570"<emphasis>alles</emphasis> over de afbeelding in opgeslagen wordt (behalve "
5571"de de lijst van recente wijzigingen helaas). Het XCF-formaat is daarom bij "
5572"uitstek geschikt om tussentijdse resultaten op te slaan van plaatjes die "
5573"later nog met <acronym>GIMP</acronym> verder bewerkt moeten worden. Veel "
5574"andere grafische programma's kunnen het XCF-bestanden echter niet lezen. Dus "
5575"als u afbeeldingen buiten <acronym>GIMP</acronym> wilt gebruiken kunt u ze "
5576"beter ook volgens een algemener gebruikt formaat als JPEG, PNG, TIFF , enz. "
5577"opslaan."
5578
5579#: src/using/fileformats.xml:67(phrase)
5580msgid "Saving Files"
5581msgstr "Opslaan van de afbeeldingen"
5582
5583#: src/using/fileformats.xml:69(para)
5584msgid ""
5585"There are several commands for saving images. A list, and information on how "
5586"to use them, can be found in the section covering the <link linkend=\"gimp-"
5587"image-window-menus-file\">File Menu</link>."
5588msgstr ""
5589"Er zijn veel opdrachten om afbeeldingen op te slaan. In het hoofdstuk "
5590"Bestand menu zult u meer informatie kunnen vinden welke dat zijn en hoe u ze "
5591"kunt gebruiken."
5592
5593#: src/using/fileformats.xml:74(para)
5594msgid ""
5595"<acronym>GIMP</acronym> allows you to save the images you create in a wide "
5596"variety of formats. It is important to realize that the only format capable "
5597"of saving <emphasis>all</emphasis> of the information in an image, including "
5598"layers, transparency, etc., is GIMP's native XCF format. Every other format "
5599"preserves some image properties and loses others. When you save an image, "
5600"<acronym>GIMP</acronym> tries to let you know about this, but basically it "
5601"is up to you to understand the capabilities of the format you choose."
5602msgstr ""
5603"Zoals we hierboven al opmerkten kan alleen <acronym>GIMP</acronym>'s eigen "
5604"XCF opmaak alle informatie van een <acronym>GIMP</acronym>-afbeelding "
5605"opslaan. Als u deze dus in een andere opmaak opslaat, laat <acronym>GIMP</"
5606"acronym> u eerst weten dat, en welke informatie er verloren zal gaan en u "
5607"vragen of u accoord gaat met de manier waarop er met dit informatieverlies "
5608"omgegaan wordt. Het exporteren veranderd niets aan de afbeelding zelf, dus "
5609"hierin gaat geen informatie verloren (tot u de afbeelding sluit en er op dat "
5610"moment geen <acronym>XCF</acronym>-versie van opgeslagen heeft natuurlijk.)"
5611
5612#: src/using/fileformats.xml:85(phrase)
5613msgid "Example of an Export dialog"
5614msgstr "Voorbeeld van een exporteer dialoogvenster"
5615
5616#: src/using/fileformats.xml:93(para)
5617msgid ""
5618"As stated above, there is no file format, with the exception of GIMP's "
5619"native <link linkend=\"glossary-xcf\">XCF</link> format, that is capable of "
5620"storing all the data in a <acronym>GIMP</acronym> image. When you ask to "
5621"save an image in a format that will not completely represent it, "
5622"<acronym>GIMP</acronym> notifies you of this, tells you what kind of "
5623"information will be lost, and asks you whether you would like to "
5624"<quote>export</quote> the image in a form that the file type can handle. "
5625"Exporting an image does not modify the image itself, so you do not lose "
5626"anything by doing this. See <link linkend=\"gimp-export-dialog\">Export "
5627"file</link>."
5628msgstr ""
5629
5630#: src/using/fileformats.xml:106(para)
5631msgid ""
5632"When you close an image (possibly by quitting GIMP), you are warned if the "
5633"image is \"dirty\"; that is, if it has been changed without subsequently "
5634"being saved. Saving an image in any file format will cause the image to be "
5635"considered \"not dirty\", even if the file format does not represent all of "
5636"the information from the image."
5637msgstr ""
5638"Wanneer u een afbeelding afsluit en deze <quote>vuil</quote> is wordt u "
5639"hiervoor gewaarschuwd. Een <quote>vuile</quote> afbeelding is een afbeelding "
5640"waarop wijzigingen zijn aangebracht die nog niet opgeslagen zijn. Zodra u de "
5641"afbeelding in een willekeurig formaat opslaat (dus ook formaten waarbij "
5642"informatie verloren gaat) veranderd de status naar <quote>niet vuil</quote>."
5643
5644#: src/using/fileformats.xml:116(phrase)
5645msgid "Saving as GIF"
5646msgstr ""
5647
5648#: src/using/fileformats.xml:120(primary)
5649#: src/using/fileformats.xml:130(secondary)
5650msgid "GIF"
5651msgstr ""
5652
5653#: src/using/fileformats.xml:123(primary)
5654msgid ".gif"
5655msgstr ""
5656
5657#: src/using/fileformats.xml:126(primary)
5658msgid "Save as GIF"
5659msgstr ""
5660
5661#: src/using/fileformats.xml:129(primary)
5662#: src/using/fileformats.xml:261(primary)
5663#: src/using/fileformats.xml:563(primary)
5664#: src/using/fileformats.xml:714(primary) src/using/brushes.xml:35(primary)
5665#: src/using/brushes.xml:70(primary) src/using/brushes.xml:97(primary)
5666msgid "Formats"
5667msgstr ""
5668
5669#: src/using/fileformats.xml:134(phrase)
5670msgid "The GIF Save dialog"
5671msgstr ""
5672
5673#: src/using/fileformats.xml:143(para)
5674msgid ""
5675"Please note, that the GIF file format is incapable of storing some rather "
5676"basic image informations like <emphasis>print resolution</emphasis>. If you "
5677"care for these properties, you should consider a different file format like "
5678"PNG."
5679msgstr ""
5680
5681#: src/using/fileformats.xml:153(term)
5682msgid "GIF Options"
5683msgstr ""
5684
5685#: src/using/fileformats.xml:157(term)
5686msgid "Interlace"
5687msgstr ""
5688
5689#: src/using/fileformats.xml:159(para)
5690msgid ""
5691"When this option is checked, the image will be displayed progressively on "
5692"the Web page. It was interesting when computers and modems were slow, as it "
5693"allowed to stop loading an image of no interest."
5694msgstr ""
5695
5696#: src/using/fileformats.xml:168(term)
5697msgid "GIF comment"
5698msgstr ""
5699
5700#: src/using/fileformats.xml:170(para)
5701msgid ""
5702"Beware of do not insert characters outside the ASCII range, because of the "
5703"GIF format supports 7-bits ASCII texts only, that GIMP can't provide. If you "
5704"insert inadvertently a non-ASCII char, the option will be automatically "
5705"disabled."
5706msgstr ""
5707
5708#: src/using/fileformats.xml:183(term)
5709msgid "Animated GIF Options"
5710msgstr ""
5711
5712#: src/using/fileformats.xml:186(primary)
5713#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:20(primary)
5714msgid "Animation"
5715msgstr ""
5716
5717#: src/using/fileformats.xml:187(secondary)
5718msgid "Animated GIF options"
5719msgstr ""
5720
5721#: src/using/fileformats.xml:191(term)
5722msgid "Loop forever"
5723msgstr ""
5724
5725#: src/using/fileformats.xml:193(para)
5726msgid ""
5727"When this option is checked the animation will start playing again "
5728"repeatedly until you stop it."
5729msgstr ""
5730
5731#: src/using/fileformats.xml:200(term)
5732msgid "Delay between frames if unspecified"
5733msgstr ""
5734
5735#: src/using/fileformats.xml:202(para)
5736msgid ""
5737"You can set the delay, in millisecondes, between frames if it has not been "
5738"set before. In this case, you can modify every delay in the Layer Dialog."
5739msgstr ""
5740
5741#: src/using/fileformats.xml:210(term)
5742msgid "Frame disposal when unspecified"
5743msgstr ""
5744
5745#: src/using/fileformats.xml:212(para)
5746msgid ""
5747"If this has not been set before, you can set how frames will be "
5748"superimposed. You can select among three options :"
5749msgstr ""
5750
5751#: src/using/fileformats.xml:218(para)
5752msgid ""
5753"<guilabel>I don't care</guilabel> : you can use this option if all your "
5754"layers are opaque. Layers will overwrite what is beneath."
5755msgstr ""
5756
5757#: src/using/fileformats.xml:224(para)
5758msgid ""
5759"<guilabel>Cumulative Layers (combine)</guilabel> : previous frames will not "
5760"be deleted when a new one is displayed."
5761msgstr ""
5762
5763#: src/using/fileformats.xml:230(para)
5764msgid ""
5765"<guilabel>One frame per layer (replace)</guilabel> : previous frames will be "
5766"deleted before displaying a new frame."
5767msgstr ""
5768
5769#: src/using/fileformats.xml:245(phrase)
5770msgid "Saving as JPEG"
5771msgstr ""
5772
5773#: src/using/fileformats.xml:249(primary)
5774#: src/using/fileformats.xml:262(secondary)
5775msgid "JPEG"
5776msgstr ""
5777
5778#: src/using/fileformats.xml:252(primary)
5779msgid ".jpg"
5780msgstr ""
5781
5782#: src/using/fileformats.xml:255(primary)
5783msgid ".jpeg"
5784msgstr ""
5785
5786#: src/using/fileformats.xml:258(primary)
5787msgid "Save as JPEG"
5788msgstr ""
5789
5790#: src/using/fileformats.xml:264(para)
5791msgid ""
5792"JPEG files usually have an extension .jpg, .JPG, or .jpeg. It is a very "
5793"widely used format, because it compresses images very efficiently, while "
5794"minimizing the loss of image quality. No other format comes close to "
5795"achieving the same level of compression. It does not, however, support "
5796"transparency or multiple layers. For this reason, saving images as JPEG "
5797"often requires them to be exported from <acronym>GIMP</acronym>."
5798msgstr ""
5799
5800#: src/using/fileformats.xml:275(phrase)
5801msgid "The JPEG Save dialog"
5802msgstr ""
5803
5804#: src/using/fileformats.xml:283(para)
5805msgid ""
5806"The JPEG algorithm is quite complex, and involves a bewildering number of "
5807"options, whose meaning is beyond the scope of this documentation. Unless you "
5808"are a JPEG expert, the Quality parameter is probably the only one you will "
5809"need to adjust."
5810msgstr ""
5811
5812#: src/using/fileformats.xml:291(para)
5813msgid ""
5814"After you save an image as a JPEG file, the image is no longer considered "
5815"<quote>dirty</quote> by <acronym>GIMP</acronym>, so unless you make further "
5816"changes to it, you will not receive any warning if you close it. Because "
5817"JPEG is lossy and does not support transparency or multiple layers, some of "
5818"the information in the image might then be lost. If you want to save all of "
5819"the information in an image, use <acronym>GIMP</acronym>'s native <link "
5820"linkend=\"glossary-xcf\">XCF format</link>."
5821msgstr ""
5822
5823#: src/using/fileformats.xml:305(term)
5824msgid "Quality"
5825msgstr ""
5826
5827#: src/using/fileformats.xml:307(para)
5828msgid ""
5829"When you save a file in JPEG format, a dialog is displayed that allows you "
5830"to set the Quality level, which ranges from 0 to 100. Values above 95 are "
5831"generally not useful, though. The default quality of 85 usually produces "
5832"excellent results, but in many cases it is possible to set the quality "
5833"substantially lower without noticeably degrading the image. You can test the "
5834"effect of different quality settings by checking <guilabel>Show Preview in "
5835"image window</guilabel> in the JPEG dialog."
5836msgstr ""
5837
5838#: src/using/fileformats.xml:319(para)
5839msgid ""
5840"Please note, that the numbers for the JPEG quality level have a different "
5841"meaning. Saving with a level of 80 in GIMP is not necessarily comparable "
5842"with saving with a level of 80 in an different application."
5843msgstr ""
5844
5845#: src/using/fileformats.xml:329(term)
5846msgid "Preview in image window"
5847msgstr ""
5848
5849#: src/using/fileformats.xml:331(para)
5850msgid ""
5851"Checking this option causes each change in quality (or any other JPEG "
5852"parameter) to be shown in the image display. (This does not alter the image, "
5853"though: it reverts back to its original state when the JPEG dialog is "
5854"closed.)"
5855msgstr ""
5856
5857#: src/using/fileformats.xml:340(term)
5858msgid "Advanced settings"
5859msgstr ""
5860
5861#: src/using/fileformats.xml:342(para)
5862msgid "Some information about the advanced settings:"
5863msgstr ""
5864
5865#: src/using/fileformats.xml:347(term)
5866msgid "Optimize"
5867msgstr ""
5868
5869#: src/using/fileformats.xml:349(para)
5870msgid ""
5871"If you enable this option, the optimization of entropy encoding parameters "
5872"will be used."
5873msgstr ""
5874
5875#: src/using/fileformats.xml:356(term)
5876msgid "Progressive"
5877msgstr ""
5878
5879#: src/using/fileformats.xml:358(para)
5880msgid ""
5881"With this option enabled the chunks of the image will be inserted in a "
5882"certain order in the file. This is done with the intent to give a "
5883"progressive refinement of the image appearance during a slow connection web "
5884"download, similar and with the same purpose of the corresponding option "
5885"present in the GIF format too. The downside of enabling this option is, that "
5886"you get slightly larger files."
5887msgstr ""
5888
5889#: src/using/fileformats.xml:370(term)
5890msgid "Save EXIF data"
5891msgstr ""
5892
5893#: src/using/fileformats.xml:373(primary)
5894msgid "EXIF"
5895msgstr ""
5896
5897#: src/using/fileformats.xml:375(para)
5898msgid ""
5899"JPEG files from many digital cameras contain extra information, called EXIF "
5900"data, which specifies camera settings and other information concerning the "
5901"circumstances under which the image was created. GIMP's ability to handle "
5902"EXIF data depends on whether the <quote>libexif</quote> library is available "
5903"on your system; it is not automatically packaged with GIMP. If GIMP was "
5904"built with libexif support, then EXIF data is preserved if you open a JPEG "
5905"file, work with the resulting image, and then save it as JPEG. The EXIF data "
5906"is not altered in any way when you do this (which means that some of its "
5907"fields are no longer valid). If GIMP was not built with EXIF support, this "
5908"does not prevent files with EXIF data from being opened, but it does mean "
5909"that the EXIF data will not be present when the resulting image is later "
5910"saved."
5911msgstr ""
5912
5913#: src/using/fileformats.xml:396(term)
5914msgid "Save Preview"
5915msgstr ""
5916
5917#: src/using/fileformats.xml:398(para)
5918msgid "This option lets you save a thumbnail with the image."
5919msgstr ""
5920
5921#: src/using/fileformats.xml:404(term)
5922msgid "Save XMP data"
5923msgstr ""
5924
5925#: src/using/fileformats.xml:406(para)
5926msgid ""
5927"If you enable this option, the meta data of the image will be saved as "
5928"<acronym>XMP</acronym>-structure within the file."
5929msgstr ""
5930
5931#: src/using/fileformats.xml:414(term)
5932msgid "Use quality settings from original image"
5933msgstr ""
5934
5935#: src/using/fileformats.xml:418(para)
5936msgid ""
5937"If a particular quality setting (or <quote>quantization table</quote> ) was "
5938"attached to the image when it was loaded, then this option allows you to use "
5939"them instead of the standard ones."
5940msgstr ""
5941
5942#: src/using/fileformats.xml:425(para)
5943msgid ""
5944"If you have only made a few changes to the image, then re-using the same "
5945"quality setting will give you almost the same quality and file size as the "
5946"original image. This will minimize the losses caused by the quantization "
5947"step, compared to what would happen if you used different quality setting."
5948msgstr ""
5949
5950#: src/using/fileformats.xml:433(para)
5951msgid ""
5952"If the quality setting found in the original file are not better than your "
5953"default quality settings, then the option <quote>Use quality settings from "
5954"original image</quote> will be available but not enabled. This ensures that "
5955"you always get at least the minimum quality specified in your defaults. If "
5956"you did not make major changes to the image and you want to save it using "
5957"the same quality as the original, then you can do it by enabling this option."
5958msgstr ""
5959
5960#: src/using/fileformats.xml:446(term)
5961msgid "Smoothing"
5962msgstr ""
5963
5964#: src/using/fileformats.xml:448(para)
5965msgid ""
5966"Compression can create artefacts. By using this option, you can smooth the "
5967"image when saving, reducing them. But your image becomes somewhat blurred."
5968msgstr ""
5969
5970#: src/using/fileformats.xml:456(term)
5971msgid "Restart markers"
5972msgstr ""
5973
5974#: src/using/fileformats.xml:458(para)
5975msgid ""
5976"The image file can include some markers which allow to segment it. If "
5977"loading this image in a Web page is broken off, loading can resume from the "
5978"following marker."
5979msgstr ""
5980
5981#: src/using/fileformats.xml:466(term)
5982msgid "Subsampling"
5983msgstr ""
5984
5985#: src/using/fileformats.xml:468(para)
5986msgid ""
5987"Human eye is not sensitive in the same way all over color spectrum. "
5988"Compression can use this to consider as identical slightly different colors. "
5989"Three methods are available :"
5990msgstr ""
5991
5992#: src/using/fileformats.xml:476(para)
5993msgid ""
5994"<guilabel>1x1,1x1,1x1 (best quality)</guilabel> : preserves borders and "
5995"contrasting colors, but compression is less."
5996msgstr ""
5997
5998#: src/using/fileformats.xml:483(guilabel)
5999msgid "2x1,1x1,1x1 (4:2:2)"
6000msgstr ""
6001
6002#: src/using/fileformats.xml:488(guilabel)
6003msgid "1x2,1x1,1x1"
6004msgstr ""
6005
6006#: src/using/fileformats.xml:492(para)
6007msgid ""
6008"<guilabel>2x2,1x1,1x1 (smallest file)</guilabel> : important compression; "
6009"suits images with weak borders but tends to denature colors."
6010msgstr ""
6011
6012#: src/using/fileformats.xml:501(term)
6013msgid "DCT Method"
6014msgstr ""
6015
6016#: src/using/fileformats.xml:503(para)
6017msgid ""
6018"DCT is <quote>discrete cosine transform</quote>, and it is the first step in "
6019"the JPEG algorithm going from the spatial to the frequency domain. The "
6020"choices are <quote>float</quote>, <quote>integer</quote> (the default), and "
6021"<quote>fast integer</quote>."
6022msgstr ""
6023
6024#: src/using/fileformats.xml:512(para)
6025msgid ""
6026"<guilabel>float</guilabel> : The float method is very slightly more accurate "
6027"than the integer method, but is much slower unless your machine has very "
6028"fast floating-point hardware. Also note that the results of the floating-"
6029"point method may vary slightly across machines, while the integer methods "
6030"should give the same results everywhere."
6031msgstr ""
6032
6033#: src/using/fileformats.xml:522(para)
6034msgid ""
6035"<guilabel>integer</guilabel> (the default): This method is faster than "
6036"<quote>float</quote>, but not as accurate."
6037msgstr ""
6038
6039#: src/using/fileformats.xml:528(para)
6040msgid ""
6041"<guilabel>fast integer</guilabel> : The fast integer method is much less "
6042"accurate than the other two."
6043msgstr ""
6044
6045#: src/using/fileformats.xml:537(term)
6046msgid "Image comments"
6047msgstr ""
6048
6049#: src/using/fileformats.xml:539(para)
6050msgid ""
6051"In this text box, you can enter a comment which will be saved with the image."
6052msgstr ""
6053
6054#: src/using/fileformats.xml:552(phrase)
6055msgid "Saving as PNG"
6056msgstr ""
6057
6058#: src/using/fileformats.xml:557(primary)
6059msgid "Save as PNG"
6060msgstr ""
6061
6062#: src/using/fileformats.xml:560(primary)
6063#: src/using/fileformats.xml:564(secondary)
6064msgid "PNG"
6065msgstr ""
6066
6067#: src/using/fileformats.xml:568(phrase)
6068msgid "The <quote>Save as PNG</quote> dialog"
6069msgstr ""
6070
6071#: src/using/fileformats.xml:580(term)
6072msgid "Interlacing"
6073msgstr ""
6074
6075#: src/using/fileformats.xml:582(para)
6076msgid ""
6077"When this option is checked, the image is progressively displayed on a Web "
6078"page. So, slow computer users can stop downloading if they are not "
6079"interested."
6080msgstr ""
6081
6082#: src/using/fileformats.xml:590(term)
6083msgid "Save background color"
6084msgstr ""
6085
6086#: src/using/fileformats.xml:592(para)
6087msgid ""
6088"If your image has many transparency levels, the Internet browsers which "
6089"recognize only two levels, will use the background color of your Toolbox "
6090"instead. But Internet Explorer up to version 6 did not use these "
6091"informations."
6092msgstr ""
6093
6094#: src/using/fileformats.xml:601(term)
6095msgid "Save gamma"
6096msgstr ""
6097
6098#: src/using/fileformats.xml:603(para)
6099msgid ""
6100"Informations about your monitor will be saved, so that the image will be "
6101"displayed in the same way on other computers, provided that the display "
6102"program supports these informations, what is rarely the case."
6103msgstr ""
6104
6105#: src/using/fileformats.xml:612(term)
6106msgid "Save layer offset"
6107msgstr ""
6108
6109#: src/using/fileformats.xml:614(para)
6110msgid ""
6111"No interest. Images with layers are flattened before saving to PNG and layer "
6112"offset is taken in account."
6113msgstr ""
6114
6115#: src/using/fileformats.xml:621(term)
6116msgid "Save Resolution"
6117msgstr ""
6118
6119#: src/using/fileformats.xml:623(para)
6120msgid "Save the image resolution, in dpi (dot per inch)."
6121msgstr ""
6122
6123#: src/using/fileformats.xml:629(term)
6124msgid "Save creation time"
6125msgstr ""
6126
6127#: src/using/fileformats.xml:631(para)
6128msgid "That will be the date of last saving."
6129msgstr ""
6130
6131#: src/using/fileformats.xml:637(term)
6132msgid "Save comment"
6133msgstr ""
6134
6135#: src/using/fileformats.xml:639(para)
6136msgid ""
6137"You can read this comment in the <link linkend=\"gimp-image-properties"
6138"\">Image Properties</link>."
6139msgstr ""
6140
6141#: src/using/fileformats.xml:645(term) src/using/fileformats.xml:780(term)
6142msgid "Save color values from transparent pixels"
6143msgstr ""
6144
6145#: src/using/fileformats.xml:647(para)
6146msgid ""
6147"With this option is checked, the color values are saved even if the pixels "
6148"are completely transparent."
6149msgstr ""
6150
6151#: src/using/fileformats.xml:654(term)
6152msgid "Compression level"
6153msgstr ""
6154
6155#: src/using/fileformats.xml:656(para)
6156msgid ""
6157"Since compression is not lossy, the only reason to use a compression level "
6158"less than 9 would be a too long time to compress file on a slow computer. "
6159"Nothing to fear from decompression: it is as quick whatever the compression "
6160"level."
6161msgstr ""
6162
6163#: src/using/fileformats.xml:665(term)
6164msgid "Save defaults"
6165msgstr ""
6166
6167#: src/using/fileformats.xml:667(para)
6168msgid ""
6169"If you click on this button, your settings will be saved and can be used by "
6170"other savings by clicking on the <guibutton>Load defaults</guibutton>."
6171msgstr ""
6172
6173#: src/using/fileformats.xml:676(para)
6174msgid ""
6175"Since PNG format supports indexed images, you have better reduce the number "
6176"of colors before saving if you want to have the lightest file for the Web. "
6177"See <xref linkend=\"gimp-image-convert-indexed\"/>."
6178msgstr ""
6179
6180#: src/using/fileformats.xml:681(para)
6181msgid ""
6182"Computers work on 8 bits blocks named <quote>Byte</quote>. A byte allows 256 "
6183"colors. Reducing the number of colors below 256 is not useful: a byte will "
6184"be used anyway and the file size will not be less. More, this <quote>PNG8</"
6185"quote> format, like GIF, uses only one bit for transparency; only two "
6186"transparency levels are possible, transparent or opaque."
6187msgstr ""
6188
6189#: src/using/fileformats.xml:689(para)
6190msgid ""
6191"If you want PNG transparency to be fully displayed by Internet Explorer, you "
6192"can use the AlphaImageLoader DirectX filter in the code of your Web page. "
6193"See Microsoft Knowledge Base <xref linkend=\"bibliography-online-microsoft-"
6194"kb294714\"/>. Please note, that this should not be necessary for "
6195"InternetExplorer 7 and above."
6196msgstr ""
6197
6198#: src/using/fileformats.xml:701(phrase)
6199msgid "Saving as TIFF"
6200msgstr ""
6201
6202#: src/using/fileformats.xml:705(phrase)
6203msgid "The TIFF Save dialog"
6204msgstr ""
6205
6206#: src/using/fileformats.xml:708(primary)
6207msgid "Save as TIFF"
6208msgstr ""
6209
6210#: src/using/fileformats.xml:711(primary)
6211#: src/using/fileformats.xml:715(secondary)
6212msgid "TIFF"
6213msgstr ""
6214
6215#: src/using/fileformats.xml:725(term)
6216msgid "Compression"
6217msgstr ""
6218
6219#: src/using/fileformats.xml:727(para)
6220msgid ""
6221"This option give you the opportunity to choose the compression method that "
6222"is appropriate for your image:"
6223msgstr ""
6224
6225#: src/using/fileformats.xml:733(para)
6226msgid "<guilabel>None</guilabel> : fast method, but resulting in a big file."
6227msgstr ""
6228
6229#: src/using/fileformats.xml:738(para)
6230msgid ""
6231"<guilabel>LZW</guilabel> : The image will be compressed using the "
6232"<quote>Lempel-Ziv-Welch</quote> algorithm, a lossless compression technique. "
6233"This is an old method, still efficient and fast. More informations at <xref "
6234"linkend=\"bibliography-online-wkpd-lzw\"/>."
6235msgstr ""
6236
6237#: src/using/fileformats.xml:746(para)
6238msgid ""
6239"<guilabel>Pack Bits</guilabel> : is a fast, simple compression scheme for "
6240"run-length encoding of data. Apple introduced the PackBits format with the "
6241"release of MacPaint on the Macintosh computer. A PackBits data stream "
6242"consists of packets of one byte of header followed by data. (Source: <xref "
6243"linkend=\"bibliography-online-wkpd-packbits\"/>)"
6244msgstr ""
6245
6246#: src/using/fileformats.xml:755(para)
6247msgid ""
6248"<guilabel>Deflate</guilabel>: It is a lossless data compression algorithm "
6249"that uses a combination of the LZ77 algorithm and Huffman coding. It is also "
6250"used in Zip, Gzip and PNG file formats. Source: <ulink url=\"http://en."
6251"wikipedia.org/wiki/Deflate\">Wikipedia</ulink>."
6252msgstr ""
6253
6254#: src/using/fileformats.xml:762(para)
6255msgid ""
6256"<guilabel>JPEG</guilabel>: this is a very good compression algorithm but "
6257"lossy."
6258msgstr ""
6259
6260#: src/using/fileformats.xml:767(para)
6261msgid ""
6262"<guilabel>CCITT Group 3 fax</guilabel>; <guilabel>CCITT Group 4 fax</"
6263"guilabel>"
6264msgstr ""
6265
6266#: src/using/fileformats.xml:770(para)
6267msgid ""
6268"These options can only be selected, if the image is in indexed mode and "
6269"reduced to two colors."
6270msgstr ""
6271
6272#: src/using/fileformats.xml:782(para)
6273msgid ""
6274"With this option the color values are saved even if the pixels are "
6275"completely transparent."
6276msgstr ""
6277
6278#: src/using/fileformats.xml:789(term)
6279msgid "Comment"
6280msgstr ""
6281
6282#: src/using/fileformats.xml:791(para)
6283msgid ""
6284"In this text box, you can enter a comment which will be associated with the "
6285"image."
6286msgstr ""
6287
6288#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
6289#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
6290#: src/using/docks.xml:139(None)
6291msgid ""
6292"@@image: 'images/using/dialog-highlight-closetab.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T "
6293"EXIST"
6294msgstr ""
6295
6296#: src/using/docks.xml:11(phrase)
6297msgid "Dialogs and Docking"
6298msgstr ""
6299
6300#: src/using/docks.xml:14(primary)
6301msgid "Docks"
6302msgstr ""
6303
6304#: src/using/docks.xml:19(phrase)
6305msgid "Creating Docking Dialogs"
6306msgstr ""
6307
6308#: src/using/docks.xml:21(para)
6309msgid ""
6310"You can dock several windows into a same window. You can do this in more "
6311"than one way, particularly by using the <menuchoice><guimenu>File</"
6312"guimenu><guisubmenu>Dialogs</guisubmenu></menuchoice> menu from the Main "
6313"Toolbox, or by using the <guimenu>Add</guimenu> command in the Tab menu from "
6314"any dialog. As a convenience, there are also three pre-built docks you can "
6315"create using the <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guisubmenu>Dialogs</"
6316"guisubmenu><guisubmenu>Create New Dock</guisubmenu></menuchoice> menu path "
6317"from the Main Toolbox:"
6318msgstr ""
6319
6320#: src/using/docks.xml:33(term)
6321msgid "Layers, Channels and Paths"
6322msgstr ""
6323
6324#: src/using/docks.xml:35(para) src/using/docks.xml:55(para)
6325#: src/using/docks.xml:78(para)
6326msgid "This gives you a dock containing:"
6327msgstr ""
6328
6329#: src/using/docks.xml:38(para)
6330msgid "The Channels dialog"
6331msgstr ""
6332
6333#: src/using/docks.xml:41(para)
6334msgid "The Layers dialog"
6335msgstr ""
6336
6337#: src/using/docks.xml:44(para)
6338msgid "The Paths dialog"
6339msgstr ""
6340
6341#: src/using/docks.xml:47(para)
6342msgid "The Undo dialog"
6343msgstr ""
6344
6345#: src/using/docks.xml:53(term)
6346msgid "Brushes, Patterns and Gradients"
6347msgstr ""
6348
6349#: src/using/docks.xml:58(para)
6350msgid "The Brushes dialog"
6351msgstr ""
6352
6353#: src/using/docks.xml:61(para)
6354msgid "The Patterns dialog"
6355msgstr ""
6356
6357#: src/using/docks.xml:64(para)
6358msgid "The Gradients dialog"
6359msgstr ""
6360
6361#: src/using/docks.xml:67(para)
6362msgid "The Palettes dialog"
6363msgstr ""
6364
6365#: src/using/docks.xml:70(para)
6366msgid "The Fonts dialog"
6367msgstr ""
6368
6369#: src/using/docks.xml:76(term)
6370msgid "Misc. Stuff"
6371msgstr ""
6372
6373#: src/using/docks.xml:81(para)
6374msgid "The Buffers dialog"
6375msgstr ""
6376
6377#: src/using/docks.xml:84(para)
6378msgid "The Images dialog"
6379msgstr ""
6380
6381#: src/using/docks.xml:87(para)
6382msgid "The Document History dialog"
6383msgstr ""
6384
6385#: src/using/docks.xml:90(para)
6386msgid "The Image Templates dialog"
6387msgstr ""
6388
6389#: src/using/docks.xml:97(para)
6390msgid ""
6391"Just because you have a lot of flexibility does not mean that all choices "
6392"are equally good. There are at least two things we recommend:"
6393msgstr ""
6394
6395#: src/using/docks.xml:103(para)
6396msgid ""
6397"Keep the Tool Options dialog docked directly beneath the Main Toolbox at all "
6398"times."
6399msgstr ""
6400
6401#: src/using/docks.xml:109(para)
6402msgid ""
6403"Keep the Layers dialog around at all times, in a separate dock from the Main "
6404"Toolbox, with an Image Menu above it. (Use <quote>Show Image Menu</quote> in "
6405"the dialog Tab menu to display the Image menu if you have somehow lost it.)"
6406msgstr ""
6407
6408#: src/using/docks.xml:120(para)
6409msgid ""
6410"See also <link linkend=\"gimp-concepts-docks\">Dialogs and Docking</link>"
6411msgstr ""
6412
6413#: src/using/docks.xml:128(phrase)
6414msgid "Removing Tabs"
6415msgstr ""
6416
6417#: src/using/docks.xml:132(phrase)
6418msgid ""
6419"A dialog in a dock, with the <quote>Close Tab</quote> button highlighted"
6420msgstr ""
6421
6422#: src/using/docks.xml:143(para)
6423msgid ""
6424"If you want to remove a dialog from a dock, there are two ways you can do "
6425"it. First, if you click on the drag handle area and drag the dialog away, "
6426"releasing it someplace other than a docking bar, it will form a new dock in "
6427"its own right. Second, clicking on the <quote>Close Tab</quote> button "
6428"(highlighted in the figure to the right) will close the front-most dialog."
6429msgstr ""
6430
6431#: src/using/customize-splashscreen.xml:13(revnumber)
6432msgid "$Revision: 2635 $"
6433msgstr ""
6434
6435#: src/using/customize-splashscreen.xml:20(phrase)
6436msgid "Customize Splash-Screen"
6437msgstr ""
6438
6439#: src/using/customize-splashscreen.xml:24(secondary)
6440#: src/using/customize-splashscreen.xml:27(primary)
6441msgid "Splash-screen"
6442msgstr ""
6443
6444#: src/using/customize-splashscreen.xml:29(para)
6445msgid ""
6446"Open your file browser and check the option <quote>Show Hidden Files</quote>."
6447msgstr ""
6448
6449#: src/using/customize-splashscreen.xml:33(para)
6450msgid ""
6451"Under Linux, go to /home/user_name/.gimp-2.4. Under Windows, go to c:"
6452"\\Documents and Settings\\user_name\\.gimp-2.4\\."
6453msgstr ""
6454
6455#: src/using/customize-splashscreen.xml:37(para)
6456msgid "If the <quote>splashes</quote> directory doesn't exist, create it."
6457msgstr ""
6458
6459#: src/using/customize-splashscreen.xml:40(para)
6460msgid ""
6461"Copy your image(s) into this <quote>splashes</quote> directory. On start, "
6462"GIMP will read this directory and choose one of the images at random."
6463msgstr ""
6464
6465#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
6466#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
6467#: src/using/brushes.xml:57(None)
6468msgid "@@image: 'images/using/file-gbr-save.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
6469msgstr ""
6470
6471#: src/using/brushes.xml:9(phrase)
6472msgid "Adding New Brushes"
6473msgstr ""
6474
6475#: src/using/brushes.xml:13(secondary)
6476msgid "Add New"
6477msgstr ""
6478
6479#: src/using/brushes.xml:15(para)
6480msgid ""
6481"To add a new brush, after either creating or downloading it, you need to "
6482"save it in a format GIMP can use. The brush file needs to be placed in the "
6483"GIMP's brush search path, so that GIMP is able to index and display it in "
6484"the Brushes dialog. You can hit the <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> button, "
6485"which reindexes the brush directory. GIMP uses three file formats for "
6486"brushes:"
6487msgstr ""
6488
6489#: src/using/brushes.xml:26(secondary)
6490msgid "File formats"
6491msgstr ""
6492
6493#: src/using/brushes.xml:29(term) src/using/brushes.xml:32(primary)
6494#: src/using/brushes.xml:36(secondary)
6495msgid "GBR"
6496msgstr ""
6497
6498#: src/using/brushes.xml:38(para)
6499msgid ""
6500"The <filename>.gbr</filename> (\"<emphasis>g</emphasis>imp <emphasis>br</"
6501"emphasis>ush\") format is used for ordinary and color brushes. You can "
6502"convert many other types of images, including many brushes used by other "
6503"programs, into GIMP brushes by opening them in GIMP and saving them with "
6504"file names ending in <filename>.gbr</filename>. This brings up a dialog box "
6505"in which you can set the default Spacing for the brush. A more complete "
6506"description of the GBR file format can be found in the file <filename>gbr."
6507"txt</filename> in the <filename class=\"directory\">devel-docs</filename> "
6508"directory of the GIMP source distribution."
6509msgstr ""
6510
6511#: src/using/brushes.xml:53(phrase)
6512msgid "Save a .gbr brush"
6513msgstr ""
6514
6515#: src/using/brushes.xml:64(term) src/using/brushes.xml:67(primary)
6516#: src/using/brushes.xml:71(secondary)
6517msgid "GIH"
6518msgstr ""
6519
6520#: src/using/brushes.xml:73(para)
6521msgid ""
6522"The <filename>.gih</filename> (\"<emphasis>g</emphasis>imp <emphasis>i</"
6523"emphasis>mage <emphasis>h</emphasis>ose\") format is used for animated "
6524"brushes. These brushes are constructed from images containing multiple "
6525"layers: each layer may contain multiple brush-shapes, arranged in a grid. "
6526"When you save an image as a <filename>.gih</filename> file, a dialog comes "
6527"up that allows you to describe the format of the brush. Look at <link "
6528"linkend=\"gimp-using-animated-brushes\">The GIH dialog box</link> for more "
6529"information about the dialog. The GIH format is rather complicated: a "
6530"complete description can be found in the file <filename>gih.txt</filename> "
6531"in the <filename>devel-docs</filename> directory of the GIMP source "
6532"distribution."
6533msgstr ""
6534
6535#: src/using/brushes.xml:91(term) src/using/brushes.xml:94(primary)
6536#: src/using/brushes.xml:98(secondary)
6537msgid "VBR"
6538msgstr ""
6539
6540#: src/using/brushes.xml:100(para)
6541msgid ""
6542"The <filename>.vbr</filename> format is used for parametric brushes, i. e., "
6543"brushes created using the Brush Editor. There is really no other meaningful "
6544"way of obtaining files in this format."
6545msgstr ""
6546
6547#: src/using/brushes.xml:109(para)
6548msgid ""
6549"To make a brush available, place it in one of the folders in GIMP's brush "
6550"search path. By default, the brush search path includes two folders, the "
6551"system <filename>brushes</filename> folder, which you should not use or "
6552"alter, and the <filename>brushes</filename> folder inside your personal GIMP "
6553"directory. You can add new folders to the brush search path using the <link "
6554"linkend=\"gimp-prefs-folders-data\">Brush Folders</link> page of the "
6555"Preferences dialog. Any GBR, GIH, or VBR file included in a folder in the "
6556"brush search path will show up in the Brushes dialog the next time you start "
6557"GIMP, or as soon as you press the <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> button in "
6558"the Brushes dialog."
6559msgstr ""
6560
6561#: src/using/brushes.xml:122(para)
6562msgid ""
6563"When you create a new parametric brush using the Brush Editor, it is "
6564"automatically saved in your personal <filename>brushes</filename> folder."
6565msgstr ""
6566
6567#: src/using/brushes.xml:128(para)
6568msgid ""
6569"There are a number of web sites with downloadable collections of GIMP "
6570"brushes. Rather than supplying a list of links that will soon be out of "
6571"date, the best advice is to do a search with your favorite search engine for "
6572"<quote>GIMP brushes</quote>. There are also many collections of brushes for "
6573"other programs with painting functionality. Some can be converted easily "
6574"into GIMP brushes, some require special conversion utilities, and some "
6575"cannot be converted at all. Most fancy procedural brush types fall into the "
6576"last category. If you need to know, look around on the web, and if you don't "
6577"find anything, look for an expert to ask."
6578msgstr ""
6579
6580#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
6581#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
6582#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:37(None)
6583msgid "@@image: 'images/using/file-gih-save.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
6584msgstr ""
6585
6586#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
6587#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
6588#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:140(None)
6589msgid "@@image: 'images/using/array2D.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
6590msgstr ""
6591
6592#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
6593#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
6594#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:146(None)
6595msgid "@@image: 'images/using/array3D.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
6596msgstr ""
6597
6598#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
6599#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
6600#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:201(None)
6601msgid "@@image: 'images/using/array1D.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
6602msgstr ""
6603
6604#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
6605#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
6606#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:224(None)
6607msgid "@@image: 'images/using/1234incr.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
6608msgstr ""
6609
6610#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
6611#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
6612#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:230(None)
6613msgid "@@image: 'images/using/1234rand.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
6614msgstr ""
6615
6616#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
6617#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
6618#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:233(None)
6619msgid "@@image: 'images/using/1234angl.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
6620msgstr ""
6621
6622#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
6623#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
6624#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:253(None)
6625msgid "@@image: 'images/using/3Dnum.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
6626msgstr ""
6627
6628#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
6629#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
6630#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:349(None)
6631msgid "@@image: 'images/using/correlation.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
6632msgstr ""
6633
6634#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
6635#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
6636#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:358(None)
6637msgid "@@image: 'images/using/hands_gih.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
6638msgstr ""
6639
6640#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
6641#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
6642#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:397(None)
6643msgid "@@image: 'images/using/hands_stroke.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"
6644msgstr ""
6645
6646#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:17(phrase)
6647msgid "The GIH Dialog Box"
6648msgstr ""
6649
6650#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:21(secondary)
6651msgid "Creating an animated brush"
6652msgstr ""
6653
6654#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:23(para)
6655msgid ""
6656"When your new animated brush is created, it is displayed within the image "
6657"window and you would like save it into a gih format. You select "
6658"<menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Save as...</guimenuitem></"
6659"menuchoice> menu, name your work with the gih extension in the new window "
6660"relevant field and as soon as you pressed the Save button, the following "
6661"window is displayed:"
6662msgstr ""
6663
6664#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:33(phrase)
6665msgid "The dialog to describe the animated brush."
6666msgstr ""
6667
6668#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:40(para)
6669msgid "This dialog box shows up, if you save an image as GIMP image hose"
6670msgstr ""
6671
6672#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:46(para)
6673msgid ""
6674"This dialog box has several options not easy to understand. They allow you "
6675"to determine the way your brush is animated."
6676msgstr ""
6677
6678#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:52(term)
6679msgid "Spacing (Percent)"
6680msgstr ""
6681
6682#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:54(para)
6683msgid ""
6684"\"Spacing\" is the distance between consecutive brush marks when you trace "
6685"out a brushstroke with the pointer. You must consider drawing with a brush, "
6686"whatever the paint tool, like stamping. If Spacing is low, stamps will be "
6687"very close and stroke look continuous. If spacing is high, stamps will be "
6688"separated: that's interesting with a color brush (like \"green pepper\" for "
6689"instance). Value varies from 1 to 200 and this percentage refers to brush "
6690"\"diameter\": 100% is one diameter."
6691msgstr ""
6692
6693#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:69(para)
6694msgid ""
6695"It's the brush name that will appear at the top of Brush Dialog (grid mode) "
6696"when the brush is selected."
6697msgstr ""
6698
6699#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:76(term)
6700msgid "Cell Size"
6701msgstr ""
6702
6703#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:78(para)
6704msgid ""
6705"That's size of cells you will cut up in layers... Default is one cell per "
6706"layer and size is that of the layer. Then there is only one brush aspect per "
6707"layer."
6708msgstr ""
6709
6710#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:83(para)
6711msgid ""
6712"We could have only one big layer and cut up in it the cells that will be "
6713"used for the different aspects of the animated brush."
6714msgstr ""
6715
6716#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:87(para)
6717msgid ""
6718"For instance, we want a 100x100 pixels brush with 8 different aspects. We "
6719"can take these 8 aspects from a 400x200 pixels layer, or from a 300x300 "
6720"pixels layer but with one cell unused."
6721msgstr ""
6722
6723#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:95(term)
6724msgid "Number of cells"
6725msgstr ""
6726
6727#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:97(para)
6728msgid ""
6729"That's the number of cells (one cell per aspect) that will be cut in every "
6730"layer. Default is the number of layers as there is only one layer per aspect."
6731msgstr ""
6732
6733#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:105(term)
6734msgid "Display as:"
6735msgstr ""
6736
6737#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:107(para)
6738msgid ""
6739"This tells how cells have been arranged in layers. If, for example, you have "
6740"placed height cells at the rate of two cells per layer on four layers, GIMP "
6741"will display: \"1 rows of 2 columns on each layer\"."
6742msgstr ""
6743
6744#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:115(term)
6745msgid "Dimension, Ranks, Selection"
6746msgstr ""
6747
6748#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:117(para)
6749msgid ""
6750"There things are getting complicated! Explanations are necessary to "
6751"understand how to arrange cell and layers."
6752msgstr ""
6753
6754#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:121(para)
6755msgid ""
6756"GIMP starts retrieving cells from each layer and stacks them into a FIFO "
6757"stack (First In First Out: the first in is at the top of the stack and so "
6758"can be first out). In our example 4 layers with 2 cells in each, we'll have, "
6759"from top to bottom: first cell of first layer, second cell of first layer, "
6760"first cell of second layer, second cell of second layer..., second cell of "
6761"fourth layer. With one cell per layer or with several cells per layer, "
6762"result is the same. You can see this stack in the Layer Dialog of the "
6763"resulting .gih image file."
6764msgstr ""
6765
6766#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:131(para)
6767msgid ""
6768"Then GIMP creates a computer array from this stack with the "
6769"<guilabel>Dimensions</guilabel> you have set. You can use four dimensions."
6770msgstr ""
6771
6772#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:136(para)
6773msgid ""
6774"In computer science an array has a \"myarray(x,y,z)\" form for a 3 "
6775"dimensions array (3D). It's easy to imagine a 2D array: on a paper it's an "
6776"array with rows and columns <placeholder-1/> With a 3d array we don't talk "
6777"rows and columns but <guilabel>Dimensions</guilabel> and <guilabel>Ranks</"
6778"guilabel>. The first dimension is along x axis, the second dimension along y "
6779"axis, the third along z axis. Each dimension has ranks of cells. "
6780"<placeholder-2/>"
6781msgstr ""
6782
6783#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:148(para)
6784msgid ""
6785"To fill up this array, GIMP starts retrieving cells from the top of stack. "
6786"The way it fills the array reminds that of an odometer: right rank digits "
6787"turn first and, when they reach their maximum, left rank digits start "
6788"running. If you have some memories of Basic programming you will have, with "
6789"an array(4,2,2), the following succession: (1,1,1),(1,1,2),(1,2,1),(1,2,2),"
6790"(2,1,1),(2,1,2),(2,2,2),(3,1,1).... (4,2,2). We will see this later in an "
6791"example."
6792msgstr ""
6793
6794#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:162(para)
6795msgid ""
6796"<emphasis>Incremental</emphasis> : GIMP selects a rank from the concerned "
6797"dimension according to the order ranks have in that dimension"
6798msgstr ""
6799
6800#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:165(para)
6801msgid ""
6802"<emphasis>Random</emphasis> : GIMP selects a rank at random from the "
6803"concerned dimension."
6804msgstr ""
6805
6806#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:167(para)
6807msgid ""
6808"<emphasis>Angular</emphasis> : GIMP selects a rank in the concerned "
6809"dimension according to the moving angle of the brush."
6810msgstr ""
6811
6812#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:170(para)
6813msgid ""
6814"The first rank is for the direction 0°, upwards. The other ranks are "
6815"affected, counter clockwise, to an angle whose value is 360/number of ranks. "
6816"So, with 4 ranks in the concerned dimension, the angle will move 90° "
6817"counterclockwise for each direction change: second rank will be affected to "
6818"270° (-90°) (leftwards), third rank to 180° (downwards) and fourth rank to "
6819"90° (rightwards)."
6820msgstr ""
6821
6822#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:178(para)
6823msgid ""
6824"<emphasis>Speed</emphasis>, <emphasis>Pressure</emphasis>, <emphasis>x tilt</"
6825"emphasis> and <emphasis>y tilt</emphasis> are options for sophisticated "
6826"drawing tablets."
6827msgstr ""
6828
6829#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:157(para)
6830msgid ""
6831"Besides the rank number that you can give to each dimension, you can also "
6832"give them a <guilabel>Selection</guilabel> mode. You have several modes that "
6833"will be applied when drawing: <placeholder-1/>"
6834msgstr ""
6835
6836#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:188(phrase)
6837msgid "Examples"
6838msgstr ""
6839
6840#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:191(term)
6841msgid "A one dimension image pipe"
6842msgstr ""
6843
6844#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:193(para)
6845msgid ""
6846"Well! What is all this useful for? We'll see that gradually with examples. "
6847"You can actually place in each dimension cases that will give your brush a "
6848"particular action."
6849msgstr ""
6850
6851#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:203(para)
6852msgid ""
6853"Open a new 30x30 pixels image, RGB with Transparent fill type. Using the "
6854"Text tool create 4 layers \"1\", \"2\", \"3\", \"4\". Delete the \"background"
6855"\" layer."
6856msgstr ""
6857
6858#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:207(para)
6859msgid ""
6860"Save this image first with .xcf extension to keep its properties then save "
6861"it as .gih."
6862msgstr ""
6863
6864#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:210(para)
6865msgid ""
6866"The Save As Dialog is opened: select a destination for your image. OK. The "
6867"GIH dialog is opened: Choose Spacing 100, give a name in Description box, "
6868"30x30 for Cell Size, 1 dimension, 4 ranks and choose \"Incremental\" in "
6869"Selection box. OK."
6870msgstr ""
6871
6872#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:215(para)
6873msgid ""
6874"You may have difficulties to save directly in the GIMP Brush directory. In "
6875"that case, save the <filename>.gih</filename> file manually into the "
6876"<filename>/usr/share/gimp/gimp 2.0/brushes</filename> directory. Then come "
6877"back into the Toolbox, click in the brush icon to open the Brush Dialog then "
6878"click on \"Refresh\". Your new brush appears in the Brush window. Select it. "
6879"Select pencil tool for instance and click and hold with it on a new image "
6880"<placeholder-1/> You see 1, 2, 3, 4 digits following one another in order."
6881msgstr ""
6882
6883#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:226(para)
6884msgid ""
6885"Take your .xcf image file back and save it as .gih setting Selection to "
6886"\"Random\": digits will be displayed at random order: <placeholder-1/>"
6887msgstr ""
6888
6889#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:231(para)
6890msgid "Now select \"Angular\" Selection: <placeholder-1/>"
6891msgstr ""
6892
6893#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:198(para)
6894msgid ""
6895"Let us start with a 1D brush which will allow us to study selection modes "
6896"action. We can imagine it like this: <placeholder-1/> Follow these steps: "
6897"<placeholder-2/>"
6898msgstr ""
6899
6900#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:239(term)
6901msgid "A 3 dimensions image hose"
6902msgstr ""
6903
6904#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:241(para)
6905msgid ""
6906"We are now going to create a 3D animated brush: its orientation will vary "
6907"according to brush direction, it will alternate Left/Right hands regularly "
6908"and its color will vary at random between black and blue."
6909msgstr ""
6910
6911#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:247(para)
6912msgid ""
6913"The first question we have to answer to is the number of images that is "
6914"necessary. We reserve the first dimension (x) to the brush direction (4 "
6915"directions). The second dimension (y) is for Left/Right alternation and the "
6916"third dimension (z) for color variation. Such a brush is represented in a 3D "
6917"array \"myarray(4,2,2)\": <placeholder-1/> There are 4 ranks in first "
6918"dimension (x), 2 ranks in second dimension (y) and 2 ranks in third "
6919"dimension (z). We see that there are 4x2x2 = 16 cells. We need 16 images."
6920msgstr ""
6921
6922#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:260(para)
6923msgid ""
6924"<emphasis>Creating images of dimension 1 (x)</emphasis>: Open a new 30x30 "
6925"pixels image, RGB with Transparent Fill Type. Using the zoom draw a left "
6926"hand with fingers upwards. Save it as handL0k.xcf (hand Left O° Black)."
6927msgstr ""
6928
6929#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:265(para)
6930msgid ""
6931"Open the Layer Dialog. Double click on the layer to open the Layer "
6932"Attributes Dialog and rename it to handL0k."
6933msgstr ""
6934
6935#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:269(para)
6936msgid ""
6937"Duplicate the layer. Let visible only the duplicated layer, select it and "
6938"apply a 90° rotation (Layer/Transform/ 90° rotation counter-clockwise). "
6939"Rename it to handL-90k."
6940msgstr ""
6941
6942#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:274(para)
6943msgid "Repeat the same operations to create handL180k and handL90k."
6944msgstr ""
6945
6946#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:279(para)
6947msgid ""
6948"<emphasis>Creating images of dimension 2 (y)</emphasis>: This dimension in "
6949"our example has two ranks, one for left hand and the other for right hand. "
6950"The left hand rank exists yet. We shall build right hand images by flipping "
6951"it horizontally."
6952msgstr ""
6953
6954#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:284(para)
6955msgid ""
6956"Duplicate the handL0k layer. Let it visible only and select it. Rename it to "
6957"handR0K. Apply Layer/Transform/Flip Horizontally."
6958msgstr ""
6959
6960#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:288(para)
6961msgid ""
6962"Repeat the same operation on the other left hand layers to create their "
6963"right hand equivalent."
6964msgstr ""
6965
6966#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:292(para)
6967msgid ""
6968"Re-order layers to have a counter-clockwise rotation from top to bottom, "
6969"alternating Left and Right: handL0k, handR0k, handL-90k, handR-90k, ..., "
6970"handR90k."
6971msgstr ""
6972
6973#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:299(para)
6974msgid ""
6975"<emphasis>Creating images of dimension 3 (z)</emphasis>: The third dimension "
6976"has two ranks, one for black color and the other for blue color. The first "
6977"rank, black, exists yet. We well see that images of dimension 3 will be a "
6978"copy, in blue, of the images of dimension 2. So we will have our 16 images. "
6979"But a row of 16 layers is not easy to manage: we will use layers with two "
6980"images."
6981msgstr ""
6982
6983#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:307(para)
6984msgid ""
6985"Select the handL0k layer and let it visible only. Using Image/Canvas Size "
6986"change canvas size to 60x30 pixels."
6987msgstr ""
6988
6989#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:311(para)
6990msgid ""
6991"Duplicate hand0k layer. On the copy, fill the hand with blue using Bucket "
6992"Fill tool."
6993msgstr ""
6994
6995#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:315(para)
6996msgid ""
6997"Now, select the Move tool. Double click on it to accede to its properties: "
6998"check \"Move the Current Layer\" option. Move the blue hand into the right "
6999"part of the layer precisely with the help of Zoom."
7000msgstr ""
7001
7002#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:321(para)
7003msgid ""
7004"Make sure only handL0k and its blue copy are visible. Right click on the "
7005"Layer Dialog: Apply the \"Merge Visible Layers\" command with the option "
7006"\"Expand as Necessary\". You get a 60x30 pixels layer with the black hand on "
7007"the left and the blue hand on the right. Rename it to \"handL0\"."
7008msgstr ""
7009
7010#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:328(para)
7011msgid "Repeat the same operations on the other layers."
7012msgstr ""
7013
7014#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:333(para)
7015msgid ""
7016"<emphasis>Set layers in order</emphasis>: Layers must be set in order so "
7017"that GIMP can find the required image at some point of using the brush. Our "
7018"layers are yet in order but we must understand more generally how to have "
7019"them in order.There are two ways to imagine this setting in order. The first "
7020"method is mathematical: GIMP divides the 16 layers first by 4; that gives 4 "
7021"groups of 4 layers for the first dimension. Each group represents a "
7022"direction of the brush. Then, it divides each group by 2; that gives 8 "
7023"groups of 2 layers for the second dimension: each group represents a L/R "
7024"alternation. Then another division by 2 for the third dimension to represent "
7025"a color at random between black and blue."
7026msgstr ""
7027
7028#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:346(para)
7029msgid ""
7030"The other method is visual, by using the array representation. Correlation "
7031"between two methods is represented in next image: <placeholder-1/>"
7032msgstr ""
7033
7034#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:351(para)
7035msgid ""
7036"<emphasis>How will GIMP read this array?</emphasis>: GIMP starts with the "
7037"first dimension which is programmed for <quote>angular</quote>, for instance "
7038"-90°. In this -90° rank, in yellow, in the second dimension, it selects a L/"
7039"R alternation, in an <quote>incremental</quote> way. Then, in the third "
7040"dimension, in a random way, it chooses a color. Finely, our layers must be "
7041"in the following order: <placeholder-1/>"
7042msgstr ""
7043
7044#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:362(para)
7045msgid ""
7046"Voilà. Your brush is ready. Save it as .xcf first then as .gih with the "
7047"following parameters: Spacing:100 Description:Hands Cell Size: 30x30 Number "
7048"of cells:16 Dimensions: 3"
7049msgstr ""
7050
7051#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:369(para)
7052msgid "Dimension 1: 4 ranks Selection: Angular"
7053msgstr ""
7054
7055#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:374(para)
7056msgid "Dimension 2: 2 ranks Selection: Incremental"
7057msgstr ""
7058
7059#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:379(para)
7060msgid "Dimension 3: 2 ranks Selection: Random"
7061msgstr ""
7062
7063#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:384(para)
7064msgid ""
7065"Place your .gih file into GIMP brush directory and refresh the brush box. "
7066"You can now use your brush."
7067msgstr ""
7068
7069#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:390(phrase)
7070msgid "Here is the result by stroking an elliptical selection with the brush:"
7071msgstr ""
7072
7073#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:400(para)
7074msgid ""
7075"This brush alternates right hand and left hand regularly, black and blue "
7076"color at random, according to four brush directions."
7077msgstr ""
7078
7079#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2.
7080#: src/using/animated-brushes.xml:0(None)
7081msgid "translator-credits"
7082msgstr ""
7083